JP6750910B1 - Game table - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game table having a feature in a symbol display means for a game table such as a ball game machine (pachinko machine) and a rotating body game machine (slot machine). SOLUTION: In the battle mode, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is shorter than that of the special figure 2, and in the small hit rush, the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 is shorter than that of the special figure 1. As a result of the symbol variation display in the special figure 1, the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed. The prize ball is more likely to be paid out in the small hit game in the special figure 2 than in the special figure 1. If the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1 during the symbol change of the special figure 2, the special figure 2 is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. If you miss the electric support in battle mode, it will shift to a small hit rush. The fluctuation time when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started and the transition to the small hit rush is shorter than the fluctuation time of the special figure 2, and the special figure 1 displays the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol. The symbol variation display of FIG. 2 is discarded. [Selection diagram] Fig. 22

Description

The present invention relates to a game table represented by a ball game machine (pachinko machine) and a spinning drum game machine (slot machine).

Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are equipped with obstacles that change the direction of the game balls falling in the game area of the game board, as well as winning openings, starting openings, variable winning openings, etc., where the gaming balls can win. It is common. When a game ball is won in these, the player is given a privilege such as paying out the prize ball (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

Moreover, in such a gaming table, one provided with a symbol display means is known.

JP, 2008-200302, A

However, in the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the symbol display means.

The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a game stand having a feature in a symbol display means.

The gaming table of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned object,
Game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of the plurality of game states,
The first starting winning means,
The second starting winning means,
A first symbol display means capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball has entered the first starting winning means,
A second symbol display means capable of executing a second symbol variation display when there is a game ball entering the second start winning means,
A gaming table equipped with
In some cases, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed,
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state,
One of the plurality of game states is a third game state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state different from the second gaming state,
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can be changed to a first state and a second state,
The second state is a state in which a game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a power support state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a non-electric power support state,
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state,
In the second gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the third gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display,
In the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is displayed,
As a result of the second symbol variation display, a small hit symbol may be displayed,
The small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting pattern in the second symbol changing display is more prized than the small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting symbol in the first symbol changing display. The balls are easy to be paid out,
During the execution of the second symbol variation display, when a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. Misaligned symbols are displayed on the symbol display means,
When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the second gaming state, shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state,
The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioned to the third game state is the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Shorter than
By displaying a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variable display is discarded and a deviation symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means.
It is characterized by

According to the game table of the present invention, it is possible to realize a game table having a feature in the symbol display means.

It is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine according to the present embodiment as seen from the front side (player side). It is the rear view which looked at the pachinko machine from the back side. (A) is a schematic front view of the game board as seen from the front side (player side), and (b) is an enlarged view of various lamps mounted on a main control lamp board arranged on the game board. FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the state which removed the attacker front plate 2301 from the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the back surface of the attacker front plate 2301 removed in FIG. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a state in which the attacker unit 23 is cross-sectioned along the line B-B′ shown in FIG. FIG. 4A is a perspective view showing a state after the second variable winning port 235 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A is changed to the easy winning state, and FIG. 4B is shown in FIG. 4A. It is a perspective view showing a state after the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 of the attacker unit 23 shown is changed to the winning-easy state. (A) is a figure which shows the attacker unit 23 whose 2nd variable winning a prize mouth 235 is in a winning difficulty state, (b) is a figure which shows the attacker unit 23 whose 2nd variable winning a prize mouth 235 is a prize winning state. is there. It is a figure for demonstrating the light emission structure of the attacker unit 23. It is a functional block diagram of a pachinko machine. It is an example of a display symbol of a pachinko machine, (a) shows an example of a stop display symbol of special figure 1, (b) shows an example of a stop display symbol of special figure 2, (c) is a decorative pattern An example is shown, (d) is a figure which shows an example of the stop display design of a general figure. It is a flow chart which shows a flow of main control part main processing. It is a flow chart which shows the flow of main control part timer interruption processing. (A) is a figure which shows an example of the content of the general/universal figure propriety judgment table, and (b) is a figure which shows an example of the content of the special figure 1/2 propriety judgment table. (A) is a figure which shows an example of the content of the special-figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table, and (b) is a figure which shows an example of the content of a special-figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 1st sub-control part of a pachinko machine, (a) is a flowchart of a 1st sub-control part main process, (b) is a 1st sub-control part command reception interruption process. It is a flow chart and (c) is a flow chart of the 1st sub control part timer interruption processing. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 2nd sub-control part of a pachinko machine, (a) is a flowchart of a 2nd sub-control part main process, (b) is a 2nd sub-control part command reception interruption process. It is a flow chart, (c) is a flow chart of the 2nd sub control part timer interruption processing, and (d) is a flow chart of the 2nd sub control part image control processing. It is a table used in the 1st sub-control part of a pachinko machine, (a) is a figure which shows an example of the content of A route battle mode production selection table, (b) is a B route battle mode production selection table It is a figure which shows an example of the content of. (A) is a figure which shows an example of a concrete structure of an accessory ratio/setting indicator, (B) is a figure which shows an example of a concrete structure of a DIP switch board. It is a figure explaining a game flow. (A) is a timing chart explaining an example of an operation in each symbol display device in a normal game state, and (b) is a timing chart explaining an example of an action in each symbol display device in a battle mode or a challenge mode. .. (A) is a timing chart explaining the operation of each symbol display device in the case of shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush in the conventional gaming table, and (b) is the timing chart from the battle mode to the small in the gaming table according to the present embodiment. It is a timing chart explaining an example of an operation in each symbol display device at the time of shifting to a hit rush. It is a figure showing an example of the production concerning the decorative design change display centering on the decorative design display device of the pachinko machine of this embodiment in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows in stages about another example of effect following the effect shown in Drawing 24 (q). It is the figure which shows one example of the production in the big hit game which centers on the decorative design display device in stages. It is a figure showing an example of production in a challenge mode centering on a decorative design display device in steps. It is the figure which shows one example of the production in the battle mode which centers on the decorative design display in stages. It is a figure which shows another example of production in a battle mode centering on a decorative design display device in steps. It is a figure showing a mode that a continuous production is performed in a battle mode in steps. It is a figure which shows a mode that a hold notice is given in a battle mode step by step. It is a figure which shows a mode that a hold notice is given in a battle mode step by step. It is a figure showing an example of the production in the small hit rush centering on a decorative design display device in steps. It is a figure which shows in stages about another example of effect following the effect shown in Drawing 33 (n). It is a figure showing a mode that a continuous notice is given in a small hit rush in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of a continuous notice given in a small hit rush in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 36 in steps. It is a figure which shows in stages about another example of effect following the effect shown in FIG. 37 (22). It is a figure which shows in stages about another production example following the production shown in FIG. 36 (11). It is a figure showing another example of production of a continuous notice given in a small hit rush in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 40 in steps. It is a figure which shows in stages about another example of effect following the effect shown in FIG. 40 (11). It is a figure showing another example of production of a continuous notice given in a small hit rush in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 43 step by step. It is a front view of an enclosed pachinko machine to which the present invention can be applied. FIG. 38 is an external perspective view of the slot machine applicable to the present invention as seen from the front side (player side). It is a figure which shows the game table by the modification of this invention, (a) shows a casino machine, (b) shows the mobile telephone provided with the memory|storage part which memorize|stores the electronic data which implement|achieves this invention, (c) shows. 1 shows a portable game machine provided with a storage unit for storing electronic data that realizes the present invention, and (d) shows a home-use television game machine provided with a storage unit for storing electronic data that realizes the present invention. (E) shows a data server that stores electronic data that realizes the present invention.

Hereinafter, a game table according to the present invention (for example, a ball game machine such as a pachinko machine 100 or a spinning drum game machine such as a slot machine) according to the present invention will be described in detail.

<Overall structure>
First, the overall configuration of a pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The figure is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine 100 as seen from the front side (player side).

The pachinko machine 100 is a game table that allows a player to obtain a profit when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and includes an outer frame 102, a main body 104, a front frame door 106, a ball storage tray door 108, and a launch. The device 110 and the game board 200 are provided on the front surface (player side) thereof.

The outer frame 102 is a wooden frame member having a vertical rectangular shape for fixing to an installation place (island equipment or the like) provided in a game machine installation business store.

The main body 104 is a door member that is provided inside the outer frame 102, has a locking function, and is a vertically rectangular game machine base body that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 102 via a hinge 112. .. Further, the main body 104 is formed in a frame shape and has a space portion 114 inside. A store clerk of the store (gaming store) in which the pachinko machine 100 is installed can open and close the main body 104, and a main body opening sensor 1041 for detecting the opening of the main body 104 is provided.

The front frame door 106 is attached to the front surface of the main body 104, which is the front side of the pachinko machine 100, via a hinge portion 112 so as to have a locking function and to be opened and closed, and is configured by a frame shape to form an inner side thereof. Is a door member having an opening. The clerk of the game shop can also open and close the front frame door 106, and a front frame door sensor 1061 that detects that the front frame door 106 has been opened is also provided. The front frame door 106 is provided with a transparent plate member 118 made of glass or resin at the opening, and the speaker 120, the left frame lamp 122L, the right frame lamp 122R, and the upper frame lamp 122U are provided on the front side. Is attached. The rear surface of the front frame door 106 and the front surface of the game board 200 define a space in which the game area 124 is provided. The front frame door 106 corresponds to an example of a door body. In addition, in this embodiment, a light source having an LED is also called a lamp.

The door 108 with a ball storage dish is a door member that is attached to the lower side of the main body 104 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 100 so as to have a locking function and be openable and closable. The door 108 with a ball storage plate is opened by pushing an opening lever 1081 which can be operated with the front frame door 106 opened. Further, a door sensor with a ball storage tray 1082 for detecting that the door with a ball storage tray 108 is opened is also provided. The door 108 with a ball storage tray is capable of storing a plurality of game balls (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as “ball”) and is provided with a passage for guiding the game balls to the launch device 110. , A ball removal button 130 for ejecting the game balls stored in the ball storage tray 126 from the ball storage tray 126 by the operation of the player, and the game balls guided to the launching device 110 by the operation of the player on the game board. A ball firing handle 134 that is launched into the game area 124, an effect button 136 that changes the effect mode of various effect devices by the player's operation, and a button lamp 138 that is built in the effect button 136 and that causes the effect button 136 to emit light. A ball lending operation button 140 for instructing a ball lending to a card unit (CR unit) installed in a game store. Although not shown in FIG. 1, a return operation button for instructing the card unit to return the player's balance is also provided on the right side of the ball lending operation button 140. Further, an operation key unit 190 in which a cross key and a decision button are arranged is also provided.

The launching device 110 is attached to the lower part of the main body 104, and a launching rod 146 that rotates when the ball launching handle 134 is operated by the player, and a launching rod 148 that strikes the game ball at the tip of the launching rod 146. , Is provided. This launching device 110 sends a game ball to the game area 124 of the game board at every elapse of a predetermined firing period (for example, 0.6 seconds) while the player continuously operates the ball firing handle 134. It is fired toward and corresponds to an example of a firing means.

FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 100 of FIG. 1 viewed from the back side.

At the upper part of the back of the pachinko machine 100, a ball tank 150 that has an opening that opens upward and temporarily stores game balls, and is located below the ball tank 150, and at the bottom of the ball tank 150. A tank rail 154 is provided for guiding a ball falling through the formed communication hole to the dispensing device 152 located on the right side of the rear surface.

The payout device 152 is made of a tubular member, and has a payout motor, a sprocket, and a payout sensor (not shown) inside thereof. The dispensing device 152 is detachable, and is connected to the downstream end of the tank rail 154 when mounted at a predetermined position.

The sprocket is configured to be rotatable by a payout motor, and while temporarily holding the game balls that have passed through the tank rail 154 and flowed down into the payout device 152, drive the payout motor to rotate a predetermined angle. Thus, the game balls that have temporarily stayed are delivered one by one below the payout device 152. That is, the payout device 152 is a type of ball feeding device that gives a driving force to the game ball and conveys the game ball.

The payout sensor is a sensor for detecting the passage of the game ball sent out by the sprocket, and when the game ball is passing, either one of a high signal and a low signal, when the game ball is not passing, The other signal of either high or low is output to the payout control unit 600 (see FIG. 4). The game ball that has passed through the payout sensor is configured to pass through a ball rail (not shown) and reach a ball storage tray 126 arranged on the front side of the pachinko machine 100, and the pachinko machine 100 has a predetermined size. Based on the satisfaction of the grant condition, the player is provided (paid) with a game value (gaming ball) in an amount according to the grant condition.

On the left side of the payout device 152 in the figure, there is a main board case 158 for accommodating a main board 156 constituting the main control section 300 (see FIG. 10) for performing control processing for the whole game, and processing information generated by the main control section 300. Based on the processing information generated by the first sub-board case 162 that houses the first sub-board 160 that constitutes the first sub-board 400 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing related to the effect based on the processing information generated by the first sub-board 400. A second sub-board case 166 for accommodating a second sub-board 164 which constitutes a second sub-control section 500 (see FIG. 10) for performing control processing relating to effects, and a payout control section 600 for performing control processing regarding payout of game balls ( (See FIG. 10) and a payout board case 172 for housing a payout board 170 having an error canceling switch 168 for canceling an error by an operation of a game shop staff, and a launch control unit 630 for performing control processing relating to launching a game ball (FIG. 10). (See FIG. 10) A launch board case 176 accommodating a launch board 174, a power control unit 660 (see FIG. 10) that supplies power to various electric gaming machines, and a power switch for turning the power on and off by the operation of a game shop clerk. 178 and a power supply board case 184 that houses a power supply board 182 including a RAM clear switch 180 that outputs a RAM clear signal to the main control unit 300 by being operated when the power is turned on, and signals of the payout control unit 600 and the card unit. A CR interface unit 186 for transmitting and receiving is provided.

In addition, in the present embodiment, a setting change key 192, a setting change button 194, and an accessory ratio/setting display 196 are provided on the main board 156. In the present embodiment, when the setting change key 192 is operated on condition that the RAM clear switch 180 is pressed when the power is turned on, at least one of a plurality of settings having different jackpot probabilities can be set to a setting change mode. Can be moved to. In the setting change mode, the current setting is displayed on the accessory ratio/setting display unit 196, and the clerk can change the setting by pressing the setting change button 194 while checking this. The configuration may be such that the setting can be changed when the setting change key 192 is operated when the power is turned on even if the RAM clear switch 180 is not pressed when the power is turned on.

The accessory ratio/setting display 196 is a 7-segment LED board mounted on the main board 156 and arranged inside the main board case 158, and is attached in a manner visible to the clerk. As shown in FIG. 19(A), the accessory ratio/setting display unit 196 has 2-digit 7-segment LEDs arranged vertically, and a 1-digit 7-segment LED is modularized on the right side. The character ratio monitor is an indicator for notifying the character ratio (YH) and the continuous character ratio (RY), and the setting monitor is a monitor for confirming the current setting. The accessory ratio/setting indicator 196 is composed of, for example, single-color LEDs of red, green, blue, white, etc., but may be one capable of emitting light of three colors of red, green, and orange, or a full-color LED. May be At least a part of the accessory ratio/setting display 196 may be provided on the game board 200 so that it can be visually recognized by the player.

Further, in the present embodiment, the dip switch board 198 is arranged on the back surface of the first sub-board case 162. Details of the DIP switch board 198 will be described later.

FIG. 3A is a schematic front view of the game board 200 seen from the front. Here, the arrows d2 and d3 indicate the directions in the state where the pachinko machine 100 is fixed to the installation location. The arrow d2 indicates the width direction of the pachinko machine 100 (may be referred to as the left-right direction), and in a front view, the left hand may be referred to as the left and the right hand may be referred to as the right. The arrow d3 indicates the height direction of the pachinko machine 100 (may be referred to as the vertical direction), and the higher side may be referred to as the upper side and the lower side may be referred to as the lower side. Although not shown in FIG. 3, in the depth direction of the pachinko machine 100 (may be referred to as the front-back direction), the front side may be referred to as the front side or the front side, and the back side may be referred to as the rear side or the back side. There are cases.

The game board 200 has a game area 124 on the front surface and is detachably attached to the main body 104 using a predetermined fixing member so as to face the space 114 of the main body 104. The game area 124 can be observed from the opening after the game board 200 is mounted on the main body 104.

Although various structures can be adopted for mounting the game board 200 to the main body 104, for example, the front view left side portion 200a of the game board 200 is inserted into the front view left side (hinge portion 112 side) of the main body 104, It is possible to adopt a structure in which the front side right side portion 200b of the game board 200 is pressed against the main body 104 and set while rotating the game board 200 with the center of rotation as the center, and workability can be improved with such a structure. There are cases.

The game board 200 is a unit in which various components are attached to a game board 201 which is a plate-shaped main body. The game board 201 is made of, for example, resin, and its surface (front surface) constitutes a decorative surface on which characters of the pachinko machine 100 and the like are displayed. The decorative surface may be formed, for example, by sticking a sheet on which characters of the pachinko machine 100 are printed. A vibration sensor SR3 is arranged on the lower right side of the game board 201. When detected by the vibration sensor SR3, error processing (for example, notification by image or sound, game stop that disables continuation of the game, etc.) can be performed. The vibration sensor SR3 may be another fraud detection sensor such as a magnetic sensor.

An outer rail 202 and an inner rail 204 are arranged on the game board 200, and a game area 124 in which a game ball can roll is defined. A part of the outer rail 202 is formed by a rail member 209 that is detachable from the main body 104. Of the game area 124, the area between the outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 forms a guide area 201a for guiding the launched game ball.

A region other than the game region 124 of the game board 200 may be called a non-game region. The gaming area 124 and the non-gaming area can be distinguished from each other with the outer rail 202 as a boundary. Further, a region inside a region through which the game ball passes in a state where the launch strength of the game ball is maximized can be referred to as at least a game region 124. The game area 124 may include an area in which the game ball does not pass due to the presence of a rendering device or the like in the game area 124. The game area 124 may be referred to as a flow-down area because the game ball flows down during the game, and the non-game area may be referred to as a non-flow-down area because the game ball does not flow down during the game except for maintenance and accidents. The entire game area 124 can be called a downflow area, but an area where a game ball does not flow down due to the presence of a rendering device or the like may be called a non-downflow area.

A decorative symbol display device 208 is arranged in the approximate center of the game area 124. Below the game area 124, a main control lamp board 254 is provided, and as shown in FIG. 3B, on the main control lamp board 254, a normal symbol display device 210 and a first special symbol. Display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the normal symbol holding lamp 216, the first special symbol holding lamp 218, the second special symbol holding lamp 220, the high-accuracy middle lamp RK, and the electricity support lamp An RD, a right-handed lamp RM, and a round display lamp RR are provided. In addition, hereinafter, a normal symbol may be referred to as a "general symbol", and a special symbol may be referred to as a "special symbol".

The decorative pattern display device 208 is a display device for performing various displays used for decorative patterns and effects, and is configured by a liquid crystal display device (LCD: Liquid Crystal Display) in the present embodiment. This decorative symbol display device 208 is divided into four display regions of a left symbol display region 208a, a middle symbol display region 208b, a right symbol display region 208c and an effect display region 208d, and a left symbol display region 208a and a middle symbol display region 208b. And the right symbol display area 208c displays different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 208d displays an image used for effect. Further, the position and size of each display area 208a, 208b, 208c, 208d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. Although a liquid crystal display device is adopted as the decorative pattern display device 208, it is not limited to the liquid crystal display device as long as it can be configured to display various effects and various game information. For example, a dot matrix display device. Other display devices including a 7-segment display device, an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) display device, a reel (drum) display device, a leaf display device, a plasma display, and a projector may be adopted.

As shown in FIG. 3B, the public figure display device 210 is a display device for displaying a general figure, and in the present embodiment, it is configured by two vertical LEDs. The first special figure display device 212 and the second special figure display device 214 are display devices for displaying a special figure, and in the present embodiment, each of the first special figure display device 212 and the second special figure display device is composed of two LEDs in the upper and lower rows and a total of eight LEDs.

The universal figure holding lamp 216 is a lamp for indicating the number of pending universal figure variation games (details will be described later). In the present embodiment, the universal figure variation games are retained up to a predetermined number (for example, four). It is possible to do. The 1st special figure reservation lamp 218 is the lamp in order to indicate the number of special figure fluctuation games which are on hold, in this execution form, it holds the special figure fluctuation game to a specified number (for example, 4). It is possible. Further, the second special symbol holding lamp 220 is a lamp for indicating the number of special figure variation games that are being held, and in the present embodiment, the special figure variation games are held up to a predetermined number (for example, four). It is possible.

Further, the high-probability medium lamp RK is a lamp for indicating that the gaming state is a high-probability state in which a big hit is likely to occur or is in a high-probability state. The electric support medium lamp RD indicates that the variable display time of the normal symbol is shortened and the blade member 2311 (see FIG. 4) of the electric tulip (electric Chu) described later is in an electric support state in which it is easy to open for a long time. It is a lamp for. The right-handed display lamp RM is a lamp for showing that the player can benefit from the right-handed hitting in the jackpot gaming state, the probability changing state, and the electric support state. The round display lamp RR is a lamp for indicating the number of rounds in the big hit game related to the big hit, when the big hit occurs.

In the game board 200 shown in FIG. 3A, a warp device 242 and a stage 244 are provided in the area where the game ball can roll. The warp device 242 discharges the game ball, which has entered the warp entrance 242a provided on the left side of the decorative symbol display device 208, from the warp exit 242b to the stage 244. The stage 244 is provided below and on the front side of the decorative pattern display device 208, and is a stage where the game ball that has passed through the warp device 242 shows reciprocating motion, rotational motion, and the like. On this stage 244, the retention time of the game ball becomes longer due to the reciprocating motion and the rotational motion of the game ball. A stage cover 245 is provided on the stage 244.

In addition, on the upper part of the game area 124, the first effect movable unit 7 supported by the main body 104 is arranged. Further, the second effect movable unit 8 is disposed below and behind the stage 244 and supported by the main body 104, but the second effect movable unit 8 is not visible in FIG. 3A. ..

As shown in FIG. 3A, a part of the upper portion of the game area 124 is covered with a decorative cover 203. Further, the upper right portion of the game area 124 is covered with a decorative upper right cover 205, and a universal figure starting port 228 is arranged at the back (rear side) of the decorative upper right cover 205. The universal figure starting port 228 is configured by a device called a gate or a through-chucker for determining whether or not the ball has passed a predetermined area of the game area 124, and in the present embodiment, the right side of the game board 200. One is installed in each. The ball that has passed through the universal starting port 228 is not discharged to the game island side, but when a ball is entered, a predetermined number (eg, 1) of prize balls are paid out, and the entered game ball is You may guide it to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and discharge it to the game island side. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects that the ball has passed the universal figure starting port 228, the pachinko machine 100 starts the universal figure variation game by the universal figure display device 210.

Further, in the present embodiment, one first special figure starting port 230 is arranged in the lower center part of the game board 200. The first special figure starting port 230 is provided at the right end of the lamp unit 9 extending to the left. A general winning opening is also arranged in the lamp unit 9. Although the general winning opening is not shown in the drawing, it is provided in a plurality of other places in the game area in addition to this, and when a ball enters the general winning opening, a predetermined ball detection sensor (not shown) detects the general winning opening. Assuming that the prize has been won, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, 4) of balls are discharged to the ball storage tray 126 as prize balls. The ball discharged to the ball storage tray 126 can be freely taken out by the player, and with these configurations, the prize ball is paid out to the player based on winning. The ball that entered the general winning opening is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side.

Further, when a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the first special figure starting port 230 arranged in the lower central part of the game board 200, the payout device 152 shown in FIG. The number (for example, four) of balls is discharged to the ball storage tray 126 as a prize ball, and the special figure variation game by the first special figure display device 212 is started. The ball entering the first special figure starting port 230 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the game island side. In this embodiment, the attacker unit 23 is provided in the lower right part of the game area 124, and the attacker unit 23 is also provided with the electric special type first special figure starting port. Hereinafter, the first special figure starting port 230 provided in the lower center of the game board 200 is referred to as a first special figure starting port (fixed) 230, and the electric special type special special starting provided separately in the attacker unit 23. The mouth may be referred to as a first special figure starting port (variable) 231 to distinguish them. The first special figure starting port (variable) 231 will be described in detail later in the description of the attacker unit 23.

In addition to the first special figure starting port (variable) 231, the attacker unit 23 is also provided with a second special figure starting port 232 and a plurality of variable winning ports (attackers) 234 and 235. The first special figure starting port (fixed) 230 provided at the lower center shown in FIG. 3(a) has a configuration in which it is difficult to enter a game ball when it is hit right due to its arrangement. .. On the other hand, in the central portion of the stage 244 described above, the special route 244a that makes it easy for the ball that has reached the stage 244 to enter the first special figure starting port (fixed) 230 provided in the lower center of the game board 200. It is provided. It is also possible to aim at the first special figure starting port (fixed) 230 from the left side without passing through the stage 244. Therefore, the first special figure starting port (fixed) 230 provided at the lower center of the game board 200 is a starting port that can be expected to enter the ball by performing left-handedness.

Further, in the game area 124, a plurality of disc-shaped hitting ball direction changing members called a windmill and a plurality of game nails are arranged, and at the bottom of the inner rail 204, any winning opening or starting opening. Also, an out port 240 is provided for guiding the balls that have not won a prize to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging them to the game island side.

In this pachinko machine 100, the player supplies the balls stored in the ball storage tray 126 to the launch position of the launch rail, drives the launch motor with the strength according to the operation amount of the operating handle of the player, and launches the launch rod. And, the outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 are passed through by a launching mallet to be launched into the game area 124. Then, the ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 124 flows downward while changing the traveling direction by the hitting ball direction changing member 236, a game nail, etc., and wins various winning openings or starting openings. The player will reach the outlet 240 without winning at the starting port or only by passing through the universal figure starting port 228. Further, in this embodiment, a discharge ball receiving opening (not shown) for receiving all the game balls discharged from the game board 200 is formed on the lower side of the space 114 of the main body 104 so as to open upward, An out ball detection sensor SWout that detects passage of the game ball received in the discharge ball receiving port is provided at a predetermined position of the main body 104. The out-ball detection sensor SWout may be provided on the game board 200 side. In the present embodiment, all the game balls discharged from the game board 200 (including the game balls discharged from the out port 240 and the game balls won in various winning ports) are received in the discharge ball receiving port, Although it is configured to be discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via a predetermined discharge passage, only the game ball discharged from the out port 240 may pass through the out ball detection sensor SWout.

Next, the attacker unit 23 provided in the lower right part of the game area 124 will be described.

The attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3 has an attacker seal 2302 attached to an attacker front plate 2301 (see FIG. 8). Note that, in FIG. 3, a decorative pattern or the like of the attacker seal 2302 is not shown.

FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a state in which the attacker front plate 2301 is removed from the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG.

The attacker unit 23 includes an electric Chu type special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231, a first variable winning port 234 serving as a first attacker, a second variable winning port 235 serving as a second attacker, and a second special diagram starting port 232. , And an out port 236 opened to the attacker base plate 2303. In the present embodiment, the ball detection sensor 2312 detects when a ball enters the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231, and it is determined that the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 has won. (For example, one ball) is discharged to the ball storage tray 126 as a prize ball. In addition, when the ball is detected in the first variable winning port 234, the ball detection sensor 2342 detects it, and it is determined that the first variable winning port 234 is won, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number of balls (for example, 6) The prize balls are discharged to the ball storage tray 126. Further, when a ball enters the second variable winning port 235, the ball detection sensor 2352 detects that the second variable winning port 235 is won, and the payout device 152 is driven so that a predetermined number (for example, 10) of balls are provided. The prize balls are discharged to the ball storage tray 126. Further, when a ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, the ball detection sensor 2321 detects it, and it is determined that the special figure 2 starting port 232 is won, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, one) of balls are picked up. The prize balls are discharged to the ball storage tray 126.

The size of the starting port (variable) 231 of the Toku-zu 1 is variable by the shutter member 2311, and the shutter member 2311 shown in FIG. 4A is advanced to the front side. In this way, when the shutter member 2311 has advanced to the front side, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2311. That is, in FIG. 4A, the game ball passes from the left side to the right side of the drawing. The ball detection sensor 2312 of the starting point (variable) 231 of the special figure 1 is arranged below the shutter member 2311 and on the downstream side, facing the upstream side. Therefore, it is difficult for the game ball to pass the ball detection sensor 2312 in the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. 4A, and the special figure 1 starting port (variable) shown in FIG. ) 231 is in a difficult winning state.

The second variable winning port 235 serving as a second attacker is arranged upstream of the first variable winning port 234 serving as a first attacker in the rolling (downflow) direction of the game ball. The size of the second variable winning port 235 is variable by the shutter member 2351, and the shutter member 2351 shown in FIG. 4A is advanced to the front side. Further, the ball detection sensor 2352 for the second variable winning opening is arranged below the shutter member 2351 that has advanced to the front side and faces upward. When the shutter member 2351 has advanced to the front side, it is difficult for the game ball to pass over the advanced shutter member 2351 and to pass the ball detection sensor 2352. Therefore, the second variable winning port 235 shown in FIG. 4A is in a winning difficulty state.

Like the second variable winning port 235, the first variable winning port 234 also has a shutter member 2341 in which the size of the winning port is variable, but the arrangement position of the ball detection sensor is different from the second variable winning port 235. .. The game ball rolling toward the first variable winning port 234 rolls from the right side to the left side in FIG. 4A. The ball detection sensor 2342 for the first variable winning opening 234 is arranged not downstream of the shutter member 2341 but downstream of the shutter member 2341 and upstream. In the first variable winning opening 234, in a state where the shutter member 2341 has advanced to the front side, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4A, when the shutter member 2341 is retracted rearward, the game ball falls to a place where the ball detection sensor 2342 does not exist. Therefore, the first variable winning port 234 shown in FIG. 4A is in a winning difficulty state.

The second special figure starting port 232 is arranged at the tip of the game ball. The size of the winning opening of the second special figure starting port 232 is fixed, and the ball detection sensor 2321 for the second special figure starting port 232 is arranged facing upward. The game ball that has passed the ball detection sensor 2321 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the first guide port 2322, and then discharged to the game island side.

Summarizing the above, in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A, the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 located at the uppermost stream is in a winning difficulty state, and the second variable winning opening 235 located next is also winning. It is in a difficult state, and the first variable winning port 234 is also in a difficult state to win a prize.

Since the attacker unit 23 is configured in this way, as will be described later, in a game state other than the small hit rush, the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is discarded by displaying the result of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1. Therefore, the possibility that the second variable winning port 235 is opened is extremely low, and it is difficult to capture the second variable winning port 235 only at the opening timing.

FIG. 5 is a view showing the back surface of the attacker front plate 2301 removed in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 5, a ball passage forming wall 230r protruding toward the attacker base plate 2303 is provided on the back surface of the attacker front plate 2301. The sphere passage forming wall 230r is for forming a sphere passage inclined toward the downstream side, along which the game spheres entering the attacker unit 23 roll. Further, the ball passage forming wall 230r is not provided at the position where the shutter member 2311 advances and the position where the shutter members 2341 and 351 advance, and the advanced shutter member 2311 and shutter members 2341 and 351 form the ball passage. Become a wall. That is, the shutter member 2311 and the shutter members 2341 and 351 are inclined downward toward the downstream side in the state of advancing to the front side, and the gaming ball rolls toward the downstream side by utilizing this inclination. Go.

A solid line arrow shown in FIG. 4A indicates a path of a game ball rolling or falling on the ball passage forming wall 230r shown in FIG. 5, the shutter member 2311 or the shutter member 2351 that has advanced. (The same applies to the arrows in the following figures.) In addition, the game ball entered in the attacker unit 23 may be directed to the route on the side of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 indicated by the solid arrow, or may be directed to the out port 236 provided in the attacker unit 23. is there.

Most of the game balls that have fallen to the front of the second special figure starting port 232 enter the second special figure starting port 232, and the special figure 2 variation game is started. The game ball that has not entered the second special figure starting port 232 reaches the out port 240 shown in FIG. 3 and is discharged to the game island side (see a forked solid line arrow).

As shown in FIG. 4, the attacker base plate 2303 is provided with a plurality of ribs. Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the attacker front plate 2301 is also provided with a plurality of ribs. When viewed from the upstream side along the flow of the game balls, the special member 1 starts from the intermediate position of the shutter member 2311 of the opening (variable) 231 to the right end, and folds back to the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235. Ribs are provided up to a position beyond the intermediate position. That is, a plurality of vertical ribs are provided in two upper and lower stages, and one horizontal rib is provided at the folded portion. Hereinafter, in the attacker base plate 2303, the upper four vertical ribs on the side of the special FIG. 1 starting port (variable) 231 are referred to as the rear first ribs 23r1, and the one horizontal rib of the folded portion is referred to. It is called a rear side horizontal rib 23r2, and the four vertical ribs on the lower side of the second variable winning port 235 are called rear side second ribs 23r3. Further, in the attacker front plate 2301, the upper three vertical ribs on the side of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 are referred to as front first ribs 23f1, and one horizontal rib of the folded portion is front. The horizontal ribs 23f2 are referred to, and the lower three vertical ribs on the second variable winning port 235 side are referred to as front second ribs 23f3.

In addition, in the attacker front plate 2301 shown in FIG. 5, in addition to the front first rib 23f1, the front lateral rib 23f2, the second front rib 23f3, and the front vertical rib 23f5 described later, various ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8 are also provided. It is provided.

Whether it is the rear first rib 23r1, the rear lateral rib 23r2, the rear second rib 23r3, the front first rib 23f1, the front lateral rib 23f2, or the front side rib 23f2. Even with the two ribs 23f3, it is a deceleration rib for reducing the rolling speed of the game ball.

The game ball whose rolling speed is reduced by the second rear rib 23r3 and the second front rib 23f3 easily stays on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235. Particularly, of the four rear second ribs 23r3, the two downstream rear second ribs 23r3 are provided in the ball path formed by the advanced shutter member 2351, and the three front sides are provided. The two downstream second front ribs 23f3 of the second ribs 23f3 are also provided in the spherical path formed by the advanced shutter member 2351.

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the attacker unit 23 taken along the line B-B′ shown in FIG. 4A and seen from directly above, and the lower side of the figure is the front side. In FIG. 6, hatching showing the cross section is omitted.

In FIG. 6, the second variable winning port 235 is shown on the right side, and the first variable winning port 234 is shown on the left side. The shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235 shown in FIG. 6 is in a state of advancing to the front side, and the second variable winning port 235 is in a winning difficulty state. On the other hand, the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 6 is also in a state of having advanced to the front side, but the first variable winning opening 234 is in an easy winning state. Further, in FIG. 6, the game balls Ba to Bc are also shown. In FIG. 6, the game ball rolls (flows down) from the right side to the left side of the figure.

Four rear second ribs 23r3 and three front second ribs 23f3 are shown near the second variable winning opening 235. The game balls Ba and Bb are caught by these seven second ribs 23r3 and 23f3 and easily stay on the shutter member 2351. The distance between adjacent ribs in the four rear second ribs 23r3 is equal to or larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the distance between adjacent ribs in the three front second ribs 23f3 is also equal to or larger than the diameter of the game ball. ..

Both the rear side second rib 23r3 and the front side second rib 23f3 described above are provided on the upstream side of the first variable winning port 234 in the rolling (downflow) direction of the game ball. Further, in both the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3, only some of the ribs are provided upstream of the second variable winning port 235, but all of the ribs are second. It may be provided on the upstream side of the variable winning port 235.

Further, only one of the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 may be provided. This is not limited to the second rib, but when there are both ribs provided on the rear side and ribs provided on the front side (for example, the first rib), ribs on one side are not provided. You may make it provide only.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a gap CS1 is provided between the front end of the shutter member 2351 and the attacker front plate 2301 which are in a state of advancing to the front side. This clearance CS1 is less than half the diameter of the game balls Ba, Bb, but wider than the rearward protruding length of the front second rib 23f3. On the other hand, the length (width) of the shutter member 2351 in the front-rear direction is about the diameter of the game balls Ba and Bb. By providing the gap CS1, it is possible to change from the difficult winning state to the easy winning state in a short time.

FIG. 4B shows a state after the second variable winning port 235 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A is changed to the easy winning state. That is, the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235 shown in FIG. 4B is retracted rearward.

When the shutter member 2351 is retracted while the game balls are staying on the shutter member 2351, the game balls that are staying on the shutter member 2351 are dropped at a stroke, and the ball detecting sensor 2352 for the second variable winning opening is used. To be detected. Therefore, as compared with the case where the shutter member 2351 is retracted while the game ball is passing through the shutter member 2351, the winning rate to the second variable winning port 235 is improved, and the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second The rib 23f3 is also a winning rate improving means. While the second variable winning port 235 is in the easy winning state, the game ball that has passed through the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 and rolled into the second variable winning port 235 is the second variable. After being guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the ball detection sensor 2352, the second guide port 2353, as shown by the arrow indicated by the solid line, it does not roll downstream of the winning opening 235. , Is discharged to the game island side.

In FIG. 4A, a two-dot chain line is also shown as the flow of the game sphere. This two-dot chain line shows the flow of the game ball that has jumped out from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235 toward the first variable winning port 234.

As described above, in the first variable winning port 234 shown in FIG. 4A, the shutter member 2341 is retracted rearward, which makes it difficult to win a prize. However, if the game sphere flies in the flow indicated by the chain double-dashed line, it may pass through the sphere detection sensor 2342. That is, there is a possibility that the player may win the first variable winning port 234 even if the winning is difficult.

However, the game ball whose rolling speed is reduced by the second rear ribs 23r3 and the second front ribs 23f3 does not have enough momentum to pop out from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235 toward the first variable winning port 234. After disappearing, the shutter member 2351 falls on the attacker intermediate portion 230r1 of the ball passage forming wall 230r shown in FIG. 5, and then immediately falls as shown by the solid line in FIG. 4A. Therefore, the second rear rib 23r3 and the second front rib 23f3 are also means for reducing the winning rate to the first variable winning port 234. Strictly speaking, the rear second ribs 23r3 and the front second ribs 23f3 are means for reducing the winning rate of the normally unallowable winning (irregular winning) into the first variable winning port 234. Can be said.

However, even if the second rear rib 23r3 and the second front rib 23f3 that reduce the winning rate to the first variable winning port 234 described above are provided, the speed reduction should be performed by these ribs 23r3, 23f3. It is difficult to completely prevent the game ball from jumping out toward the first variable winning port 234. For example, when the game ball bounces on the shutter member 2351, it may pop out toward the first variable winning port 234. Therefore, at the end of the first variable winning port 234 on the downstream side (ball detection sensor 2342 side) of the shutter member 2341, a winning blocking protrusion 2341a protruding forward is provided. The prize-winning protrusion 2341a projects in front of the ball detection sensor 2342 even when the shutter member 2341 is at the position retracted rearward. Therefore, even if there is a game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning port 234, the game ball collides with the winning prevention protrusion 2341a and cannot pass through the ball detection sensor 2342, as indicated by the dotted line. To fall. Further, a vertical winning award blocking rib 23r4 is also provided on the winning abutting protrusion 2341a of the shutter member 2341 in the retracted position shown in FIG. 4(a). The game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning port 234 collides with the winning prevention rib 23r4 and cannot pass through the ball detection sensor 2342 as in the case of collision with the winning prevention protrusion 2341a. It may fall as shown.

In addition, the game ball immediately dropped from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235, the rear vertical rib 23r5 shown in FIG. 4 (a) and the front vertical rib shown in FIG. It becomes easy to collide with 23f5 and decelerate, or to enter the second special figure starting port 232.

FIG. 7A is a perspective view showing a state after the first variable winning port 234 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A is changed to the easy winning state.

The shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 7A is advanced to the front side. As a result, in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 7A, the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 located in the uppermost stream is in a winning state, and the second variable winning port 235 located next is in a winning state. That is, the first variable winning port 234 is in an easy winning state. The shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 is provided at a lower position than the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235, and the ball passage formation shown in FIG. 5 is formed between the shutter members 2341 and 2351. The attacker middle part 230r1 of the wall 230r is arranged. As shown in FIG. 6, the attacker intermediate portion 230r1 and the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 are slightly apart from each other. Therefore, while the first variable winning port 234 is in the winning easy state, most of the game balls are placed on the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 as shown by the arrow indicated by the solid line, and Although it rolls on the shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342, it cannot fall on the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 and falls down to the second special figure starting port. There is also a game ball that flows down to the 232 side. The game ball that has passed the ball detection sensor 2342 of the first variable winning port 234 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the third guide port 2343 and then discharged to the game island side.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a clearance CS2, which is similar to the clearance CS1, is provided between the front end of the shutter member 2341 and the attacker front plate 2301 that have advanced to the front side. Due to the gap CS2, the first variable winning port 234 can be changed from the difficult winning state to the easy winning state in a short time, and the winning preventing protrusion 2341a provided on the shutter member 2341 has a long protruding length. Even if the shutter member 2341 is retracted rearward, the irregular game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning port 234 will surely collide with the winning prevention protrusion 2341a. Further, when the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 performs an extremely short opening such as 0.06 seconds only once, the rolling speed is reduced by the second rear rib 23r3 and the second front rib 23f3. Even if the game ball rides on the shutter member 2341, the shutter member 2341 moves backward from the position where the shutter member 2341 has moved forward by the gap CS2 until it rolls on the shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342. Since the player can move to the position in a short time, the game ball can fall down and the winning rate due to the opening can be reduced.

FIG. 7B is a perspective view showing a state after the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A is changed to the winning easy state.

The shutter member 2311 of the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. 7B is retracted rearward. While the Toku-zu 1 starting port (variable) 231 is in the easy winning state, the game ball entering the attacker unit 23 does not roll to the downstream side of the Toku-zu 1 starting port (variable) 231. As indicated by the solid line arrow, the ball detection sensor 2312 is passed, and the special figure 1 variation game is started. The game ball that has passed the ball detection sensor 2312 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the fourth guide port 2313 and then discharged to the game island side.

In the attacker unit 23 whose structure has been described above in detail, both the attacker of the first variable winning port 234 and the attacker of the second variable winning port 235 are attackers that open and close during a big hit and a small hit. In the special figure high probability general figure high probability state (battle mode to be described later), a right hit is performed as described later, and it becomes easy to enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231. Mainly, the variable display of symbols is performed. In addition, in the present embodiment, with regard to Toku-zu 1, if it is not a big hit, it is always a small hit, and if it is a small hit, the first variable winning port 234 is in a very short time (for example, 0.2 seconds×2). When the special figure 2 is being displayed in a variable manner, the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 in the variable display is discarded and the special figure is lost. For this reason, in battle mode, it is almost impossible to expect a prize for an attacker. On the other hand, in the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush to be described later), the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 is not in the easy-to-enter state, and therefore the right-handed game ball is a special figure. 2 It becomes easy to enter the ball into the starting port 232, and the symbol variation display in which the special figure 2 is the main is displayed. In addition, in the present embodiment, there may be a small hit in the special figure 2 (there may be a miss), and when the small hit occurs, the second variable winning port 235 is relatively long ( Since, for example, 0.8 seconds×12 times) is opened, it may be possible to expect the game ball to enter the second variable winning port 235.

FIG. 8A is a diagram showing the attacker unit 23 in which the first variable winning port 234 is in a winning difficulty state. In the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 8A, the attacker front plate 2301 is left and only the attacker seal 2302 is removed. The attacker front plate 2301 is provided with an escape opening 2301a at a position corresponding to an end of the first variable winning port 234 on the downstream side (ball detection sensor 2342 side) of the shutter member 2341. When the attacker seal 2302 is pasted, the escape opening 2301a is closed from the front side and is difficult for the player to visually recognize.

FIG. 8B is a diagram showing the attacker unit 23 in which the first variable winning port 234 is in the winning easy state. Even in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 8B, the attacker front plate 2301 is left and only the attacker seal 2302 is removed. The winning prevention protrusion 2341a of the shutter member 2341 that has advanced to the front side is inserted into the escape opening 2301a shown in FIG. 8B. The escape opening 2301a is a space for accommodating the winning prevention protrusion 2341a protruding forward when the first variable winning opening 234 is in the winning state. The tip of the winning prevention protrusion 2341a does not project further to the front side from the escape opening 2301a, and when the attacker seal 2302 is attached, the player does not know the existence of the winning prevention protrusion 2341a by the attacker seal 2302. However, it is also possible to provide an opening in the attacker seal 2302 so that the tip of the winning prevention protrusion 2341a projects further forward from the escape opening 2301a, which is one of the effects. The winning opening preventing projection 2341a of the shutter member 2341 that has advanced to the front side also enters the escape opening 2301a shown in FIG. An attacker seal 2302 is attached to the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 6, and the escape opening 2301a is closed by the attacker seal 2302. By providing the escape opening 2301a, like the gap CS2 shown in FIG. 6, it is possible to make the protrusion length of the prize-winning projection 2341a long, and thus the prize-winning is prevented even if the shutter member 2341 is retracted rearward. The irregular game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning port 234 will surely collide with the protrusion 2341a.

FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the light emitting structure of the attacker unit 23. FIG. 9A is a diagram of the attacker base plate 2303 viewed from the front side.

As shown in FIG. 4 as well as FIG. 9A, a front LED board 2304 having a plurality of light emitting diodes D1 mounted on the lower right portion of the attacker unit 23 is provided on the front surface of the attacker base plate 2303. It is installed. On the back surface side of the attacker front plate 2301 (not shown), a plurality of elongated light guide ribs (not shown) extending to the rear side are provided in addition to the above-mentioned ball passage forming wall. The light guide rib is in contact with a part of the plurality of light emitting diodes D1. The light of the light emitting diode D1 with which the light guide rib is in contact is emitted forward through this light guide rib.

The attacker unit 23 is provided with a rear LED board 2305 and an intermediate LED board 2306 in addition to the front LED board 2304. In FIG. 9A, the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is removed, and the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 and the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235 are also removed. In the rear part of the attacker base plate 2303, the shutter opening 2303a for moving the shutter member 2311 forward and backward, the first opening 2303b for moving the shutter member 2351 forward and backward, and the second opening 2303c for moving the shutter member 2341 forward and backward, respectively. The mounted light emitting diodes D3 are visible. The light emitting diode D3 located on the inner side of the shutter opening 2303a emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2311 and the like, and it seems that light leaks from the inner side of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231. The light emitting diode D3 located on the back side of the first opening 2303b emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2351 and the like, and light appears to leak from the back of the second variable winning port 235. The light emitting diode D3 located on the inner side of the second opening 2303c emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2341, and the light seems to leak from the inner side of the first variable winning port 234.

FIG. 9B is a perspective view showing these three LED boards 2304, 2305, and 2306 from the side so that the positional relationship between the front LED board 2304, the intermediate LED board 2306, and the rear LED board 2305 can be seen. , The left side of the figure is the front side.

The intermediate LED board 2306 is arranged with a space from the rear surface (back surface) of the attacker base plate 2303 to the rear side, and the intermediate LED board 2306 and the attacker base plate 2303 are covered by a reflector member (not shown) here. ing. The attacker base plate 2303 is a light-transmissive member whose rear side cannot be seen through, and the plurality of light-emitting diodes D2 mounted on the intermediate LED substrate 2306 are hidden by the attacker base plate 2303 when not emitting light. Invisible. On the other hand, when these light emitting diodes D2 emit light, it appears that light is emitted from the attacker base plate 2303 (surface emission).

As described above, in the attacker unit 23, the plurality of LED boards (2304 to 2306) are arranged at intervals in the front-rear direction. Although the light emitting diodes D1 to D3 provided on the LED substrates (2304 to 2306) do not overlap with each other, they may overlap with each other, and the irradiation ranges of the light emitting diodes D1 to D3 may overlap with each other.

Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The figure shows a functional block diagram of the control unit. The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 is roughly classified into a main control unit 300 that controls a central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. A first sub-control unit 400 that performs control, a second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on a command transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400, and a main sub-control unit that responds to a command transmitted by the main control unit 300. In addition, a payout control unit 600 that controls the payout of the game balls, a launch control unit 630 that controls the launch of the game balls, and a power supply control unit 660 that controls the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100 are configured. There is.

First, the main controller 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing control programs and various data, a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 310 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a time. A counter timer 312 for measuring the number of times, the number of times, etc., a WDT 314 for monitoring an abnormality in program processing, and a random value generation circuit (counter circuit) 318 (this circuit includes two counters). Is equipped with. Other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and the same applies to the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 316b as a system clock. The random value generation circuit 318 is used as a hardware random number counter that changes a numerical value within a range of 0 to 65535 each time the clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 316a is received. Although the random number generation circuit 318 is built in the basic circuit 302, it may be connected to the basic circuit 302.

In addition, the basic circuit 302 outputs signals output from various sensors 320 including a predetermined ball detection sensor, for example, a sensor that detects a game ball that passes through each of the starting port, the winning port, and the variable winning port and a ball storage tray full tank sensor. A sensor circuit 322 for receiving and outputting the amplification result and the comparison result with the reference voltage to the CPU 304 and the random value generation circuit 318 in the basic circuit 302, and a predetermined symbol display device such as the first special figure display device 212 or A drive circuit 324 for performing display control of the second special figure display device 214, a drive circuit 326 for performing display control of a predetermined symbol display device, such as the universal figure display device 210, and various status display units 328 (for example, , General figure holding lamp 216, special figure 1 holding lamp 218, special figure 2 holding lamp 220, high-precision middle lamp RK, electric support middle lamp RD, right hitting lamp RM, round display lamp RR, etc.) Drive circuit 330 and a predetermined movable member, for example, as a driving unit that drives the shutter member 2311 (see FIG. 35) of the first special figure starting port (variable) 231 as an ordinary electric accessory, as a special electric accessory. And a drive circuit 334 for controlling various solenoids 332 including drive means for driving the shutter members 2341 and 351 (see FIG. 38) of the variable winning openings 234 and 235. In this example, the crystal oscillator 316a and the random number value generation circuit 318 are provided separately, but the crystal oscillator 316a may be included in the random number value generation circuit 318.

When the sphere detection sensor detects that a sphere has won the first special figure starting ports 230 and 231, the sensor circuit 322 outputs a signal indicating that the sphere has been detected to the random number generation circuit 318 in the basic circuit 302. Output to. Upon receiving this signal, the random value generation circuit 318 latches the value of the counter corresponding to the first special figure starting ports 230 and 231 at that timing, and stores the latched value in the internal counter value storage corresponding to special figure 1. Stored in the register for use. Similarly, when the random number generation circuit 318 receives a signal indicating that a ball has won in the second special figure starting port 232, the value of the counter corresponding to the second special figure starting port 232 at that timing is similarly set. The latched value is stored in the built-in counter value storage register corresponding to Toku-zu 2.

Further, an information output circuit 336 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 passes an external hall computer (not shown) via the information output circuit 336 and an external terminal board (not shown). The game information (for example, the game state) of the pachinko machine 100 is output to the information input circuit 350 included in the above.

Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 338 for monitoring the voltage value of the power source supplied from the power source control unit 660 to the main control unit 300. The voltage monitoring circuit 338 is provided with the voltage value of the power source. Is less than a predetermined value (9 V in this example), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output to the basic circuit 302.

In addition, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on, and the CPU 304 outputs the start signal output circuit 340 from the start signal output circuit 340. When the activation signal is input, the game control is started (the main control unit main processing described later is started).

Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with an output interface for transmitting a command to the first sub control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 600, respectively. It is possible to communicate with the first sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600. The information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 is one-way communication, and the information communication between the main control unit 300 and the payout control unit 600 is two-way communication. The main control unit 300 is configured to be able to send signals such as commands to the first sub control unit 400, but is configured to be unable to send signals such as commands to the main control unit 300 from the first sub control unit 400. doing. However, the information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 may be configured to be performed by bidirectional communication. Further, the payout control unit 600 is configured to be able to send a signal such as a command to the main control unit 300, but is configured to be unable to send a signal such as a command from the payout control unit 600 to the main control unit 300. Good.

Next, the first sub control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The first sub control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that mainly controls the entire first sub control unit 400 based on a command or the like transmitted by the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 410 for controlling input/output of various devices, a counter timer 412 for measuring time and the number of times, and the like. The serial communication control circuit 424 is mounted. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. Further, the basic circuit 402 is connected to a ROM 406 for storing a control program and various effect data. The ROM 406 may store the control program and various effect data in different ROMs. Alternatively, the ROM 406 may be included in the basic circuit 402. The serial communication control circuit 424 connects the game board lamp drive circuit 440 for controlling the game board lamp 442 and the game underframe lamp drive circuit 450 for controlling the game underframe lamp 452. Then, lighting control by serial communication is performed between the game board lamp drive circuit 440 and the game underframe lamp drive circuit 450. The gaming board lamp 442 includes a light emitting diode arranged in the second effect movable unit 8, a light emitting diode arranged in the lamp unit 9, and light emitting diodes D1 to D3 arranged in the attacker unit 23 (FIG. 9). (See) is included.

Further, in the basic circuit 402, a sound source IC (S-ROM) 416 for controlling the speaker 120 (and the amplifier), a first effect movable unit 7 at the upper portion shown in FIG. The drive circuit 422 for controlling the drive of the motors of the various effect devices such as the second effect movable unit 8, the sensor circuit 428, and the volume switch 163 for adjusting the volume output from the speaker 120 are connected. ing. The sensor circuit 428 is a basic circuit based on detection signals from various movable body sensors 430 that detect the current position of various effect devices and the like, and a button sensor 426 that detects pressing of various buttons that form the effect button 136 and the operation key unit 190. Output to 402.

Next, the second sub control unit 500 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The second sub control unit 500 includes a basic circuit 502 that receives the control command transmitted by the first sub control unit 400 via an input interface and controls the entire second sub control unit 500 based on this control command. ing. The basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a memory 508 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 510 for controlling input/output of various devices, a counter timer 512 for measuring time and the number of times, and the like. A VDP (video display processor) that reads out image data or the like stored in the ROM 506 based on a signal from the CPU 504, generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 518, and displays the image on the decorative pattern display device 208. 516 and are mounted. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock. Further, the basic circuit 502 is connected to a ROM 506 in which a control program and data for controlling the entire second sub control unit 500, data for image display, and the like are stored. In the present embodiment, the memory 508 is used as a temporary storage area, and the memory 508 is composed of a recording medium (for example, an EEPROM or a flash memory) that can retain the storage state even when the power is cut off. Thereby, for example, the information for displaying the display regarding the big hit history can be held even when the main control unit 300 is initialized or the setting is changed. A RAM may be used in which stored information is volatilized when the power is cut off.

Next, the payout controller 600, the launch controller 630, and the power controller 660 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The payout control unit 600 mainly controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 based on a signal such as a command transmitted by the main control unit 300, and also based on the control signal output from the payout sensor 604, a prize ball or a ball rental. It is detected whether or not the payout of is completed. Further, the payout control unit 600 communicates with a card unit 608 provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 via the interface unit 606. In addition, the payout control unit 600 pays out prize ball information indicating that a predetermined number (for example, 10) of prize balls has been paid out and a predetermined number (for example, 25) of ball rentals. Ball rental information indicating that is output to the information input circuit 350 via an external terminal board (not shown). A frame sensor 605 is connected to the payout controller 600. The frame sensor 605 includes a main body opening sensor 1041 that detects that the main body 104 has opened, a front frame door sensor 1061 that detects that the front frame door 106 has opened, and the like. When 106 is open, these sensors detect and output an open signal. When the payout control unit 600 outputs the opening signal from the frame sensor 605, the payout control unit 600 outputs door opening information to the main control unit 300.

The firing control unit 630 is a control signal output by the payout control unit 600 for instructing to permit or stop firing, and a firing intensity output circuit provided in the ball firing handle 134 outputs the operation of the ball firing handle 134 by the player. Based on a control signal that indicates a launch intensity according to the amount, control of a launch solenoid 632 that drives the launch rod 146 and the launch mall 148, and a ball feed device 634 that supplies a ball from the ball storage tray 126 to the launch device 110. Take control.

The power supply control unit 660 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into a direct current, converts it into a predetermined voltage, and controls the control units such as the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 and the payout device 152. Supply to each device. Further, the power supply control unit 660 supplies power to a predetermined component (for example, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 and the like) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after the power supply from the outside is cut off (for example, a power storage circuit) (for example, , Condenser). In the present embodiment, the power supply controller 660 supplies power of a predetermined voltage to the payout controller 600 and the second sub controller 500, and the payout controller 600 fires the main controller 300 and the second sub controller 500. Although the power supply of the predetermined voltage is supplied to the control unit 630, the power supply of the predetermined voltage may be supplied to each control unit or each device through another power supply path.

Next, using FIGS. 11A to 11D, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the decorative pattern display device 208, and the general figure display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100 are stopped and displayed. The types of special drawings and general drawings to be performed will be described.

Special figure 1 start game 230, 231 special figure 1 variation game is started on condition that the 1st starting mouth sensor which is the ball detection sensor detects that the ball has entered the special figure 2 start opening 232. The special figure 2 variation game is started on condition that the second starting opening sensor which is a ball detection sensor has detected that a ball has entered. When the special figure 1 variation game is started, the first special figure display device 212 blinks a part of the eight lamps (for example, the first lower lamp from the left). "Variation display" (special figure variation game) is performed. Further, when the special figure 2 variation game is started, the second special figure display device 214 causes some of the eight lamps (for example, the first lower lamp from the left) to blink. 2 fluctuation display” (special figure fluctuation game) is performed. Then, when the variation time determined before the variation start of the special figure 1 has elapsed, the first special figure display device 212 displays the stop symbol mode of the special figure 1 in a stopped manner, and the variation time determined before the variation start of the special figure 2 When, passes, the second special figure display device 214 stops and displays the stop symbol mode of special figure 2. Hereinafter, the variable display from the start of the "variable display of special figure 1 or 2" to the stop display of the stopped symbol aspect of special figure 1 or 2 may be referred to as the variable display of special figure. The variable display of this special map may be continuously performed multiple times.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the specification for starting the variable display of the special maps regardless of whether or not one of the special maps is performing the variable display of the other of the special maps 1 and 2 Pachinko machines with different specifications are sometimes referred to as "simultaneous fluctuation machines.").

FIG. 11A shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 1. In FIG. 11A, 17 types of special drawings from “special drawing A” to “special drawing Q” are shown. In FIG. 11A, a white part in the figure shows a lamp which is turned off, and a black part shows a lamp which is turned on.

In the present embodiment, 15 types of jackpot patterns (“special drawing A”, “special drawing B”, “special drawing E” to “special drawing Q”) are prepared as stop symbol modes of special drawing 1. The "special map A" is a five-round (R) normal jackpot pattern, and when the "special map A" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning port 234 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "S attacker") is opened. After shifting to the big hit game state and ending the big hit game, the control state becomes the special figure low probability general figure high probability state (challenge mode). In addition, in the case of a big hit in the "special map A", the challenge mode until the total 100th symbol variation display in the special symbols 1 and 2 is started or the 51st symbol variation display in the special symbol 1 is started. Is continued. When the challenge mode ends without a big hit, the special state low probability general state low probability state (normal game state) is entered. In addition, “special map B” is a 10R sure variation ultra-big hit pattern that shifts to a small hit rush to be described later, and when “special map B” is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning port 235 (hereinafter, referred to as “R attacker”) There is)) open to the big hit game state, and after the big hit game ends, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush).

In addition, "special drawing E" is a 5R certainty variation big hit symbol that shifts to a battle mode described later, and when "special drawing E" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning a prize port 234 opens and shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit. After the game is over, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure high probability state (battle mode). In addition, when it is a big hit in the "special figure E", the special mode 1 and the special figure 2 total 100 times the symbol variation display is started, or the special mode 1 until the 51st symbol variation display is started, the battle mode Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special figure F" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special figure F" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning port 234 opens, and the big hit game is After the end, the control state becomes the battle mode. In addition, when it is a big hit in the "special figure F", the special mode 1 and the special figure 2 total 100 times the symbol variation display is started, or the special mode 1 until the 46th symbol variation display is started, the battle mode Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special figure G" is a 5R probability variable big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special figure G" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning a prize port 234 opens and shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game is After the end, the control state becomes the battle mode. In addition, when it is a big hit in the "special figure G", the special mode 1 and the special figure 2 start the 100th total symbol variation display, or the special mode 1 until the 41st symbol variation display starts, the battle mode Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush.

In addition, "special drawing H" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special drawing H" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning port 234 opens, and the big hit game is After the end, the control state becomes the battle mode. In addition, when it is a big hit with "special drawing H", the special mode 1 and the special drawing 2 start the variation display of the total 100 times, or the special mode 1 until the 36th variation display of the pattern starts, the battle mode Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special figure I" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special figure I" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning port 234 opens, and the big hit game is After the end, the control state becomes the battle mode. In addition, when it is a big hit with the "special map I", the battle mode is continued until the total 100th symbol variation display is started in the special symbols 1 and 2 or the 31st symbol variation display is started in the special symbol 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special figure J" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special figure J" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning a prize port 234 opens and shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game is After the end, the control state becomes the battle mode. In addition, when it is a big hit in the "special figure J", the battle mode is continued until the total 100th symbol variation display in the special symbols 1 and 2 is started or the 26th symbol variation display in the special symbol 1 is started. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush.

In addition, "special drawing K" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special drawing K" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning port 234 opens, and the big hit game is After finishing, the control state becomes the battle mode. In the case of a big hit with "Special Drawing K", battle mode is started until the 100th total of symbol variation display is started in Special Illustration 1 and Special Illustration 2, or the 21st symbol variation display is started in Special Illustration 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special drawing L" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special drawing L" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning port 234 opens, and the big hit game is After finishing, the control state becomes the battle mode. In addition, when it is a big hit with "special drawing L", the special mode 1 and the special drawing 2 start the 100th total symbol variation display, or the special mode 1 until the 16th symbol variation display starts, the battle mode Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special drawing M" ~ "special drawing Q" is a 5R certainty jackpot pattern that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special drawing M" ~ "special drawing Q" are stopped and displayed, the first variable winning a prize port 234 is displayed. After shifting to the big hit game state to open and the big hit game ends, the control state becomes the battle mode. In addition, in the case of a big hit with "special drawing M" to "special drawing Q", the 100th total of symbol variation display in special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started, or the 11th symbol variation display in special figure 1 Battle mode continues until it is started. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush.

In this embodiment, 15 kinds of big hit symbols are prepared for the special figure 1, but fewer kinds of big hit symbols may be prepared, or more kinds of big hit symbols may be prepared. It goes without saying that it is okay. Alternatively, a jackpot that is practically difficult to win in some rounds (e.g., difficult to win due to short opening) may be prepared.

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, determination of whether or not to be a big hit in the special figure variation game is performed by lottery of hardware random numbers, and determination of which symbol is to be a big hit is performed by lottery of software random numbers. The difference between the regular jackpot and the probability jackpot is that the probability of winning the jackpot in the next special figure variation game is high (probability jackpot) or low (normal jackpot). Hereinafter, the state in which the probability of winning this jackpot is high is called a special figure high probability state (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "special figure probability change" or simply "probability change"), and the state with a low probability is special This is called a low probability state. In addition, in this embodiment, as will be described later, the variation times of the special figures 1 and 2 are largely different depending on the game state. In addition, there is a case where the game is transferred to a time saving state (electric support state) after the big hit game is over. Here, the electric support state is a predetermined advantage that the player is higher than the non-electric support state, such as shortening the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variation game to the start of the next big hit. The state. Although the time saving will be described in detail later, the time saving state is referred to as a high probability state of universal figure (hereinafter, may be referred to as “probable probability variation”), and the state not in the short time state is referred to as a low probability state of universal figure. In this way, the electric power support state (time saving state) is started on condition that the big hit game ends. Strictly speaking, the “electric power support state” is a state where the general map is concerned, and the “time saving state” is a state where the special figure is concerned or a state where the special figure and the special figure are concerned. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a time saving flag, and when the time saving flag is set to ON, it is in the electric power support state and the universal figure high probability state. It is easier to win the universal figure variation game in the universal figure high probability state than in the universal figure low probability state (normal figure probability variation). For example, the winning probability of the universal figure fluctuation game is 0/100 (that is, it will always be out of bounds) in the universal figure low probability state (non-electrical support state), whereas the universal figure high probability state (electrical support state) ), it rises to 100/100 (that is, it is always a hit). Further, in the electric support state, the fluctuation time of the universal figure fluctuation game becomes shorter than in the non-electric power support state (general figure variation short). For example, in the non-electric power support state, the variation time of the universal figure fluctuation game of 10 seconds is shortened to 2 seconds in the power support state. In addition, in the electric power support state, the opening time for one time opening of the shutter member 2311 of the starting port (variable) 231 of Toku-zu 1 tends to be longer than that in the non-electric power support state (extension of the electric tube opening period). For example, in the non-electrically-supported state, the power-chew open period of 0.5 seconds is extended to 2 seconds in the electrically-powered support state. Further, in the electrically supported state, the shutter member 2311 is more likely to be opened than in the non-electrically supported state (the number of times of opening the electrically powered tube is increased). For example, the shutter member 2311 that opens only once in the non-electrically supported state for each winning of the universal figure starting port 228 opens twice in the electrically supported state (2 seconds open and 1 second closed and 2 seconds again). Open). Due to the extension of the electric-chew opening period and the increase in the number of electric-chew opening times, the probability of entering the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 increases. The time saving flag is set to OFF during the big hit game. Therefore, the non-electric power support state is maintained during the big hit game. This is because the game balls are picked up by the electric chu with a small number of prize balls particularly in the big hit game, and the first variable winning port 234 or the second variable winning port 235 (these variable winning ports may be referred to as "attackers"). This is because there may be a disadvantage to the player if the number of winning game balls to () is reduced. In addition, in the present embodiment, in the electric support state (time saving state), all of the normal figure probabilistic change, the general figure change short, the electric chew open period extension, and the electric chew open frequency increase are performed. If any one of them is performed, the player's advantage is high, and the player may be in the power support state (time saving state). Alternatively, if the probability of entering the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 is increased, or either one of the extension of the electric chew opening period and the increase in the number of electric chew opening is performed, the electric support state (time saving state) is set. Good. In the non-electrically-supported state, it is more difficult for the game ball to enter the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 than in the electrically-supported state. As described above, the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 changes between a difficult winning state in which the game ball is difficult to enter and an easy winning state in which the game ball is easy to enter. The entrance of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is in an easy winning state in the electric support state for a longer period than in the non-electric support state. In the present embodiment, when "special drawing A", "special drawing E" to "special drawing Q" are stopped and displayed, after the big hit game that is performed after that, the special drawing changes the number of times determined for each big hit symbol. The electric power support state is maintained until the game is started, and then the electric power support state is transitioned to the non-electric power support state (universal figure low probability state). On the other hand, when the big hit without electric power support (“special map B”) is won, the electric power support state does not shift after the big hit game ends.

Thus, in the present embodiment, when the "special map A" is stopped and displayed, the control state becomes the special map low probability general figure high probability state (challenge mode) after the jackpot game is over, and the "special map" is displayed. B” When the stop display is displayed, after the big hit game is over, the control state becomes a special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush), and “special figure E” to “special figure Q” are stopped and displayed. Then, after the jackpot game is over, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure high probability state (battle mode).

In addition, in the present embodiment, in addition to the big hit symbol, the small hit symbol (“special symbol C”) is also prepared for the special symbol 1. In the case of a small hit in "Special Drawing C", the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 performs opening for 0.2 seconds at most twice after the symbol is stopped. Note that the opening time and the number of times of opening the shutter member 2341 can be set as appropriate. In the small hit game, when the game balls enter the first variable winning port 234 by a predetermined number of balls (for example, 10 balls), or when a predetermined amount of game value (a predetermined number of balls) is acquired, a small hit game. Is completed and the shutter member 2341 is not opened thereafter. During the small hitting game, the special figure low probability general figure low probability state shifts. The small hit is a hit in which the control state does not change before and after the small hit game, and returns to the control state before the start of the small hit game after the end of the small hit game. In addition, in the present embodiment, since it is configured as described above, the small hit game according to the special figure 1 is a small hit game in which the entry of the game ball into the first variable winning a prize port 234 cannot be expected, The small hit in this embodiment can be regarded as a part of the outfall.

Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, since it is a simultaneous variation machine, when the big hit or the small hit in the special figure 1 is made and the big hit game or the small hit game is shifted, the special figure 2 is being displayed in a variable manner. When the situation or the special hit 2 becomes a big hit or a small hit and shifts to a big hit game or a small hit game, there may be a situation where the special sign 1 is being displayed in a variable manner, but in this case, one big hit is a big hit. Alternatively, when the small hit occurs, the variable display of the other special figure is forcibly terminated, the result of the variable display is discarded, and the result of the deviation is displayed.

Further, in the present embodiment, one type of stop symbol is prepared as the lost symbol. “Special drawing D” is a lost design. In the present embodiment, as will be described later, in the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1, all are small hits except when it is a big hit, and normally, "Toku D" is not displayed, but the special hit 2 is a big hit symbol. Alternatively, when the small hit symbol is displayed, if the symbol variation is being displayed in the special figure 1, this is discarded and the "special figure D" which is the lost symbol is displayed.

FIG. 11B shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 2. In FIG. 11(b), eight kinds of special drawings from “special drawing a” to “special drawing h” are shown, and six kinds of special drawings are jackpot patterns (“special drawing a” to “special drawing”). Fig. f"). "Special drawing a" is a 10R normal big hit symbol, and when "Special drawing a" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning port 234 is opened, and after the big hit game, the control state. Becomes a special figure low probability general figure high probability state (challenge mode). In addition, in the case of a big hit in the "special figure a", the challenge mode is started until the total 100th symbol variation display is started in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 or the 51st symbol variation display is started in the special figure 1. Is continued. When the challenge mode ends without a big hit, the special state low probability general state low probability state (normal game state) is entered. In addition, "special figure b" is a 10R sure variation big hit pattern that the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure b" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning a prize port 235 shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game. After the end, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "special figure c" is a 6R probability variation big hit pattern in which the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure c" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning a prize port 235 shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "special figure d" is an 8R probability variation big hit pattern that the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure d" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning a prize opening 235 shifts to the big hit game state and the big hit game. After the end, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "special figure e" is a 10R sure-change big hit pattern in which the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure e" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning a prize port 235 opens and shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush). It should be noted that “special map c” to “special map e” are jackpot symbols of rank-up bonus (RU bonus), and when these jackpots are jackpots, how many rounds are given to the player at the start of the jackpot game. A big hit game is performed in which it is difficult to specify whether it is a big hit game. In addition, "special figure f" is a 5R probability variation big hit pattern in which the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure f" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning a prize port 234 opens and shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end, the control state becomes the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, you may prepare the jackpot which is practically difficult to win in some rounds (for example, it is difficult to win due to short opening). Further, in the special figure 2, six kinds of big hit symbols are prepared, but fewer kinds of big hit symbols may be prepared, or more kinds of big hit symbols may be prepared.

In addition, in the special figure 2, a small hit pattern (“special figure g”) is prepared in addition to the big hit pattern. In the case of a small hit with the “special figure g”, after the symbol is stopped, the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235 performs the opening for 0.2 seconds up to 12 times. Here, when compared with the small hit pattern of the special drawing 1 (“special drawing C”), the small hit in the special drawing 2 (stop display of the special drawing g) is smaller in the special drawing 1 ( As compared to the case where "Special map C" is stopped and displayed), a large number of game balls can be easily entered into the second variable winning a prize port 235, and a larger number of balls can be obtained. In other words, the game is such that the small hit in the special figure 1 is not given, and the small hit in the special figure 2 is given. Note that the opening time and the number of times of opening the shutter member 2351 can be set as appropriate.

FIG. 11C shows an example of a decorative design. The decorative pattern of the present embodiment includes 11 types of “decoration 1” to “decoration 10” and “special pattern”. A special ball 1 winning opening (fixed) 230, a special drawing 1 starting opening (variable) 231, or a special drawing 2 starting opening 232 is won, that is, a special drawing 1 starting opening (fixed) 230 or a special drawing 1 starting opening On condition that the first starting opening sensor has detected that a ball has entered the (variable) 231 or that the second starting opening sensor has detected that a ball has entered the special figure 2 starting opening 232. In the respective symbol display areas of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, “decoration 1”→“decoration 2”→“decoration 3”→... There is a case where "variable display of decorative design" is performed in which the display is switched in the order of "decoration 9"→"decoration 10"→"decoration 1"→... That is, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the decorative symbol in a variable manner separately from the first special symbol display device 212 and the second special symbol display device 214. Then, the stop symbol mode, which is a combination of decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed. In addition, in the present embodiment, in the normal game state and the electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode) in which the special figure 1 is mainly displayed in a variable manner, the variable display of the decorative symbol is performed in accordance with the variable display in the special figure 1. In the probability variation state (small hit rush) with non-electric support in which the special figure 2 is mainly variably displayed, the variable display of the decorative pattern is performed in accordance with the variable display of the special figure 2. On the other hand, in the normal game state and the electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode), the variable display of the decorative symbol is not performed even if the variable symbol of the special symbol 2 is changed, and the fourth symbol and the second special symbol indicator described later are displayed. Only in the device 214, the symbol variation display is performed, and in the non-electrically-supported probability variation state (small hit rush), the variation display of the decorative symbol is not performed even if the variation display of special figure 1 is performed, and the fourth symbol or the first symbol. The variable display of symbols is performed only on the special figure display device 212.

In the normal game state or electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode), when notifying the 5R normal big hit (“special map A”) on the first special map display device 212, in the probability variation state with non-electric support (small hit rush) When notifying the 10R normal big hit (“special drawing a”) on the second special drawing display device 214, the same even number of decorative patterns such as “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4” are displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. The combination of three decorative patterns arranged in a line is stopped and displayed. In addition, when notifying the 5R probability variation big hit (“special drawing E” to “special drawing Q”, “special drawing f”), “decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3” and “decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3” are displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A combination of decorative patterns in which the same odd number of decorative patterns other than "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7" are lined up (for example, "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" or "decoration 5-decoration 5-decoration 5"). Etc.) is stopped and displayed. Moreover, when notifying the 10R probability variation super-big hit ("special drawing B", "special drawing b"), in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c, "decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3" or "decoration 7-decoration" 7-decoration 7" is stopped and displayed. Furthermore, in the case of probability change state with non-electrical support (small hit rush), 6R probability change big hit (rank up bonus), 8R probability change big hit (rank up bonus), 10R probability change big hit (rank up bonus), when the left symbol display The area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c are decorative symbols having the same number, and the middle symbol display area 208b is a special symbol (banner symbol) combination of decorative symbols (for example, "decoration 3-special symbol-decoration 3" or "Decoration 4-special design-decoration 4") is stopped and displayed. When the second special drawing display device 214 notifies a small hit ("special drawing g"), a combination of decorative symbols such as "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3" is displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. Stop display. Further, when the first special figure display device 212 is a small hit (“special figure C”), or when the second special figure display device 214 is a lost symbol (“special figure h”), a symbol display area On 208a to 208c, a combination of decorative patterns other than the above-described combination of decorative patterns (for example, a staggered pattern) is stopped and displayed, and the player is informed that it is a deviation (substantially a deviation).

Hereinafter, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the display from the start of this "variable display of decorative symbol" to the stop display of the decorative symbol stop symbol mode is a variable display of the decorative symbol (in the case of "decorative symbol variable display"). There is also)). The variable display of the decorative pattern is performed by the control of the second sub control unit 500.

FIG. 11(d) shows an example of a stop symbol aspect of a universal figure. There are two types of stop display modes of the public figure of the present embodiment, "Public figure A" which is a winning symbol and "Public figure B" which is a deviating symbol. Based on the fact that the sphere has passed through the universal figure starting port 228 by the gate sensor, which is a sphere detection sensor, the universal figure display device 210 alternately turns on two vertically arranged LEDs. "Variation display" (universal figure variation game) is performed. Then, after the change time elapses, either one of the symbols "Public symbol A" which is a hit symbol and "Public symbol B" is stopped and displayed. Also in FIG. 11(d), the white parts in the figure show the positions of the lamps that are turned off, and the black parts show the positions of the lamps that are turned on.

Hereinafter, the display from the start of the "variable display of the universal figure" to the stop display of the stopped symbol aspect of the universal figure may be referred to as the variable display of the universal figure.

<Main processing of main controller>
Next, with reference to FIG. 12, a main control unit main process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 will be described. It should be noted that this figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main processing of the main control unit.

The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 stores a special figure random number value, a special figure round determination random number value, a special figure electric support determination random number value, a special figure determination random number value, and the like. Further, the RAM 308 is provided with a random number counter for generating these various random number values. Further, the RAM 308 stores the number of reserved special figures, the random number value of special figure winning, various determination (lottery) results, and the like. Hereinafter, the area of the RAM 308 that stores the number of reserved special figures is sometimes referred to as a special figure reserved number storage area. Furthermore, the RAM 308 is provided with a start-up information storage unit for a special figure, which is divided into a maximum number (four in this example) of areas in which the start of the win/fail judgment (lottery) can be suspended. There is also a random number storage area for general drawings. In the special figure starting information storage unit, as will be described later, a plurality of kinds of starting information are set as one set, and these starting information are stored one by one in the winning order (holding order).

As described above, the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 is provided with the activation signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs the activation signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302, to which this activation signal is input, resets and starts by a reset interrupt and executes the main processing main processing shown in FIG. 12 according to a control program stored in advance in the ROM 306.

In step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In the initial setting 1, the stack initial value is set (temporary setting) to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, the interrupt mask is set, the I/O 310 is initialized, various variables stored in the RAM 308 are initialized, and the WDT 314 is set. Allows the operation of and sets the initial value. In this embodiment, the WDT 314 is set to a numerical value corresponding to 32.8 ms as an initial value.

In step S103, the value of the counter of WDT314 is cleared and the time measurement by WDT314 is restarted.

In step S105, it is determined whether or not the low voltage signal is on, that is, the voltage monitoring circuit 338 determines that the voltage value of the power supply that the power supply control unit 660 supplies to the main control unit 300 via the second sub control unit 500. Is less than a predetermined value (9v in the present embodiment), it is monitored whether a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects power cutoff), the process returns to step S103, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the CPU 304 does not detect power cutoff), the step is performed. It proceeds to S107. Even when the power does not reach the predetermined value (9V) immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S103, and step S105 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

In step S107, initial setting 2 is performed. In this initial setting 2, a process of setting a numerical value for determining a period for executing a main controller timer interrupt process, which will be described later, in the timer circuit 312, a predetermined port of the I/O 310 (for example, a test output port, Processing for outputting a clear signal from the output port to the first sub-control unit 400, setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like are performed.

In step S109, it is determined whether the state before the power is cut off (before the power failure) is restored, and if the state before the power failure is not restored (when the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 is in the initial state) ), the process proceeds to step S113 and subsequent steps so as to execute the initialization process.

If it is not determined to return to the state before the power failure (step S109; No), is the cause that the RAM clear switch 180 provided on the power supply board 182 shown in FIG. It is determined whether or not (step S113). That is, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear signal transmitted when the RAM clear switch 180 is operated is ON (indicating that there is an operation). When the RAM clear signal is determined to be ON (step S113; Yes), it is determined whether the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side (step S115), and the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side. If it is determined that the setting has been made (step S115; Yes), the setting change process is executed (step S117).

When the setting change process is executed, the 7-segment corresponding to the setting monitor on the accessory ratio/setting display unit 196 blinks with "1" indicating that the setting can be changed. In this state, every time the setting change button 194 is pressed, the 7 segment of the setting monitor is incremented, and the setting change button 194 is pressed while the 7 segment corresponding to the setting monitor shows “6”. Then it returns to "1". In the present embodiment, at least one of the settings 1 to 6 having different jackpot probabilities can be selected, and the setting is changed by operating the setting change key 192 to the OFF side after changing the setting to a desired setting. Is confirmed. At this time, the set value displayed on the setting monitor is erased. Then, after the setting is confirmed, the setting value can be re-displayed on the setting monitor for a fixed time (for example, 5 seconds) by operating the setting change button 194. In the present embodiment, the set value is displayed on the setting monitor of the accessory ratio/setting display unit 196. However, for example, it may be displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208 or may be notified by voice output. Good. Further, in the present embodiment, the six-stage setting of the settings 1 to 6 is used, but the setting may be other than the six-stage setting, or the setting may not be changed. Further, in the present embodiment, the initial value of the setting displayed on the setting monitor is set to “1”, but the setting value before the power is shut off is held and the held setting value is displayed. Good.

If it is not determined in step S113 that the RAM clear signal is ON (step S113; No), or if it is not determined in step S115 that the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side ( Step S115; No), without performing the setting change process of step S117, moves to step S119.

In step S119, an initialization process is executed to put the basic circuit 302 into the initial state (step S119). Here, when the RAM clear signal is ON, the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read out, and when this power status information is not information indicating suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 (for example, The checksum is calculated by adding the 1-byte data stored in all areas) to the 1-byte configuration register whose initial value is 0, and the calculated checksum result is a specific value (for example, 0). If the checksum result is other than a specific value (for example, 0) (if the checksum result is abnormal), Executes an initialization process to initialize the pachinko machine 100 to the initial state. In this initialization processing, setting of interrupt prohibition, setting of a stack initial value in the stack pointer (main setting), initialization of all storage areas of the RAM 308, and the like are performed. In this embodiment, the set value set in the setting change process (step S117) is retained even when the initialization is performed. Further, at this time, the normal recovery command and the setting command indicating the setting selected in step S117 are set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal return command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S119) of the main control unit 300 has been performed, and like the power recovery command described later, in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300. , To the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S121, the basic random number initial value updating process is performed after setting the interrupt prohibition. In this basic random number initial value updating process, two initial value generating random number counters for respectively generating initial values of the universal figure winning random number counter and the special figure random number counter are updated. For example, if the range of possible numbers for the universal figure winning random number is 0 to 99, the value is obtained from the random number counter storage area provided in the RAM 308 for generating the universal figure winning random number value, and 1 is added to the obtained value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. The other initial value generating random number counters and random number counters are similarly updated. The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the process of step S121 except during the timer interrupt process which starts at every predetermined cycle.

On the other hand, in step S111, power recovery processing is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read and reset (main setting) to the stack pointer. When the power is cut off, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 is read and reset in each register, and then the interrupt permission is set. After that, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and register, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state when the power was cut off. That is, the processing is restarted from the instruction next to the instruction (predetermined in step S121) performed immediately before branching to the timer interrupt processing (described later) immediately before the power interruption. Further, a transmission information storage area is provided in the RAM 308 mounted on the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. In step S111, a power recovery command is set in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command that indicates that the power-off state has been restored, and is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300, which will be described later.

<Main controller timer interrupt processing>
Next, with reference to FIG. 13, a main controller timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main controller 300 will be described. The figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main controller timer interrupt process.

The main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 includes a timer circuit 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (once in this embodiment about once every 4 ms), and the main control is triggered by this timer interrupt signal. The partial timer interrupt process is started at a predetermined cycle.

In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In the timer interrupt start process, the value of each register of the CPU 304 is temporarily saved in the stack area.

In step S203, the WDT 314 is periodically (mainly) set so that the count value of the WDT 314 exceeds the initial setting value (32.8 ms in this embodiment) and a WDT interrupt does not occur (not to detect abnormal processing). In the embodiment, the restart is performed once every about 2 ms, which is the period of the main controller timer interrupt.

In step S205, an input port state update process is performed. In this input port state update processing, the detection signals of the various sensors 320 shown in FIG. 10 including various sphere detection sensors are input via the input port of the I/O 310 to monitor the presence/absence of the detection signals, and the RAM 308 performs various operations. The data is stored in a signal state storage area provided separately for each sensor 320. Explaining the detection signal of the sphere detection sensor as an example, the RAM 308 stores information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected in the timer interrupt process (about 4 ms before) two times before in each RAM detection sensor. Is read from the previous detection signal storage area partitioned and provided, and this information is stored in the two-preceding detection signal storage area partitioned and provided in the RAM 308 for each ball detection sensor, and the previous timer interrupt processing (about 2 ms before) is stored. ) The information on the presence/absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected in) is read out from the current detection signal storage area provided in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor, and this information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area. Remember. Further, the detection signals of the respective sphere detection sensors detected this time are stored in the above-mentioned current detection signal storage area.

Further, in step S205, the presence/absence information of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor stored in each storage area of the two-preceding detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared, It is determined whether or not the information on the presence/absence of the detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor of No. 1 matches the winning determination pattern information. While one gaming ball passes through one ball detection sensor, this main control unit timer interrupt process is repeated several times at very short intervals of about 2 ms. Therefore, every time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, in the above-described step S205, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is confirmed. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the two-preceding detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the game ball starts passing through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal before two times, there is a previous detection signal, and there is a current detection signal. In the present embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection of the sphere detection sensor and noise, if the detection signal is stored twice consecutively after no detection signal, it is determined that a prize has been won. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 stores winning determination pattern information (in the present embodiment, information indicating that there is no previous-previous detection signal, previous detection signal, and current detection signal). In this step S205, information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor is predetermined winning determination pattern information (in the present embodiment, there is no detection signal before two times, there is a previous detection signal, there is a current detection signal). Information that indicates that), the general winning opening, the first variable winning opening 234, the second variable winning opening 235, the first special figure starting opening (fixed) 230, the first special drawing starting opening (variable) 231 and the second special figure starting port 232, or it is determined that the universal figure starting port 228 has passed. That is, it is determined that the general winning openings, the variable winning openings 234, 235, and the starting openings 230, 231, 232, 228 have been entered. For example, if the information on the presence or absence of the detection signals for the past three times in the first starting opening sensor that detects the entry into the first special figure starting opening (fixed) 230 matches the above-described winning determination pattern information, It is determined that there is a prize in the 1 special figure starting port (fixed) 230, that is, a game medium that passes through a predetermined area is detected, and the process following the winning of the 1st special figure starting port (fixed) 230 is performed. However, if the information on the presence or absence of the detection signals for the past three times does not match the above-described winning determination pattern information, the subsequent processing associated with winning the first special figure starting opening (fixed) 230 is not performed. Branch to subsequent processing. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in the present embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal two times before, a previous detection signal does not exist, and a current detection signal does not exist). After it is determined that there is a winning, it is not determined that there is a winning until the information of the presence or absence of the detection signal for the past three times in each ball detection sensor matches the winning determination clear pattern information, and the winning determination is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, it is subsequently determined whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information.

In steps S207 and S209, basic random number initial value updating processing and basic random number updating processing are performed. In the basic random number initial value updating process and the basic random number updating process, the value of the random number counter for initial value generation performed in step S121 is updated, and next, the universal figure winning random number value used in the main control unit 300 and The random number counter for generating each special figure random number value is updated. For example, if the range of possible numbers for the universal figure winning random number is 0 to 99, the value is obtained from the random number counter storage area provided in the RAM 308 for generating the universal figure winning random number value, and 1 is added to the obtained value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. In addition, as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value, when it is determined that the random number counter makes one round, the value of the random number counter for initial value generation corresponding to each random number counter is acquired and stored in the storage area of the random number counter. set. For example, a value obtained from a random number counter for generating a universal figure winning random number value that varies in the numerical range of 0 to 99, and adding 1 to the obtained value is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), the value is acquired as the initial value from the random number counter for initial value generation corresponding to the random number counter for random number generation The initial value set this time is stored in the above-mentioned initial value storage area in order to set it to the random number counter for generating the winning random number value and to determine that the random number counter for generating the universal random number I'll do it. In addition to the above-described initial value storage area for determining that the random number counter for general-purpose winning random number value generation has completed one round, it is determined that the random number counter for special figure random number generation has completed one cycle. The RAM 308 is provided with an initial value storage area for In addition, in the present embodiment, since the specification is such that it always wins in the high probability state of the universal figure and always loses in the low probability state of the universal figure, the configuration may be such that the random number counter for generating the random number value for the universal figure winning is not provided.

In step S211, an effect random number updating process is performed. In this effect random number updating process, the random number counter for generating the effect random number used in the main control unit 300 is updated.

In step S213, timer update processing is performed. In this timer update process, the symbol is displayed on the universal symbol display symbol update timer, the first special symbol display device 212, and the second special symbol display device 214 for measuring the time to change/stop displaying the symbol on the normal symbol display device 210. Various including a special figure display symbol update timer for timing the time of fluctuating/stopping, a predetermined winning effect time, a predetermined opening time, a predetermined closing time, a timer for measuring a predetermined ending effect period, etc. Update the timer.

In step S215, a winning opening counter updating process is performed. In this prize hole counter updating process, when there is a prize in the prize holes 234, 235 and the starting holes 230, 231, 232, the RAM 308 stores a prize ball number storage area for each prize hole or for each starting hole. The value is read, 1 is added, and the original prize ball number storage area is set.

In addition, in step S217, prize winning acceptance processing is performed. In the prize receiving process, if a predetermined condition is satisfied, a plurality of types of start information are acquired. The plurality of types of starting information acquired here are stored as a set of starting information in an empty area of the starting information storage unit provided in the RAM 308 in accordance with the winning order (holding order).

In step S219, which is executed subsequent to step S217, a payout request number transmission process is performed. The output schedule information and the payout request information output to the payout control unit 600 shown in FIG. 10 are composed of 1 byte, and strobe information is set in bit 7 (when set, data is set) and bit 6 are set. Is the power-on information (when it is on, it indicates the first command transmission after power-on), bits 4-5 are the current processing type (0-3) for encryption, and bits 0-3 are encryption. The number of payout requests after chemical processing is indicated.

In step S221, a universal figure state update process is performed. The universal figure state update process is one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the state of the universal figure. For example, in the general figure state update processing in the middle of the general figure variation display (the value of the public figure display symbol update timer described above is 1 or more), the two LEDs constituting the normal symbol display device 210 are alternately turned on and off. Drive control is performed. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 performs the variable display of the universal figure (general figure variation game).

Further, in the public figure state update processing at the timing when the public figure fluctuation display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the public figure display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), if the hit flag is on, the display of the hit symbol is displayed. The normal symbol display device 210 is configured so that the normal pattern display device 210 is turned on and off, and when the hit flag is off, the normal symbol display device 210 is configured to display the lost symbol. ON/OFF control of the two LEDs is performed. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area for performing various settings in various processes, not limited to the general-picture state update process. Here, the above-mentioned lighting/extinguishing drive control is performed, and the setting indicating that the normal figure stop display is being performed is performed in the setting area. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 determines one of the winning symbol (general symbol A shown in FIG. 11D) and the lost symbol (general symbol B shown in FIG. 11D). Display. After that, during a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 msec), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the universal figure stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 to maintain the display. By this setting, the symbol that is confirmed and displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the universal figure variation game is notified to the player.

Further, if the result of the universal figure fluctuation game is a hit, the universal figure hit flag is turned on as described later. When the universal figure hit flag is on, the universal figure state update processing at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the universal figure stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0) is stored in the RAM 308. A solenoid for opening and closing the shutter member 2311 (see FIG. 4) of the first special figure starting opening (variable) 231 is set for a predetermined opening period (for example, 2 seconds) while the normal operation is set in the setting area. A signal for holding the shutter member 2311 in the open state is output to a part of various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 3), and information indicating the open period is set in the storage area of the blade open time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

Further, in the normal state updating process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (when the value of the blade opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the attacker unit is closed for a predetermined closing period (for example, 500 msec). A signal for holding the shutter member 2311 in a closed state is supplied to a solenoid (a part of various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for opening and closing the shutter member 2311 of the first special figure starting port (variable) 231 provided in 23. In addition to outputting, the information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

Further, in the universal figure state updating process which starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (when the value of the blade closing time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the regular area non-operating state is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. To do. Further, if the result of the universal figure variation game is a loss, the universal figure loss flag is turned on as described later. When the universal figure loss flag is on, even in the universal figure state updating process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the universal figure stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, the normal figure non-operation is set. In the universal figure state updating process when the ordinary figure is not operating, the process proceeds to the next step S223 without doing anything.

In step S223, a universal figure related lottery process is performed. In this universal figure-related lottery process, opening/closing control of the universal figure variation game and the first special figure start opening (variable) 231 is not performed (the state of the universal figure is not operating), and the universal figure is on hold. When the number of variable games is 1 or more, the result of the universal figure variable game is won or unwinned by random number lottery based on the universal figure winning random number value stored in the random number storage area described above. If the winning judgment is made, and if the winning is won, the hit flag provided in the RAM 308 is set to ON. In the case of no win, the hit flag is set to off. Regardless of the result of the hit determination, the value of the predetermined random number counter is acquired as the universal figure timer random number value, and based on the acquired universal figure timer random number value, the universal figure display device 210 receives the common figure display device 210 from among a plurality of fluctuation times. One time during which the figure is variably displayed is selected, and this variability display time is stored as a figure variation display time in the figure variation time storage area provided in the RAM 308. It should be noted that the number of pending universal figure fluctuation games is stored in the universal figure pending count storage area provided in the RAM 308, and from the number of pending universal figure fluctuation games each time a hit determination is made. The value obtained by subtracting 1 is re-stored in this general-use figure hold number storage area. Moreover, the random number value used for the hit determination is deleted.

Then, the special figure prefetching process (step S224) is executed. In the special figure pre-reading process, the main control unit 300 pre-reads the start information increased in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and pre-determines the stop symbol and the variation time before the winning/disagreement determination process, and the pre-determination is performed. The result (special figure prefetch result) is stored in the prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308.

Next, the special figure state update processing for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed, but first, the special figure state update processing for the special figure 2 (special figure 2 state update processing) is performed (step S225). In this special figure 2 state update process, one of the following processes is performed according to the state of special figure 2.

For example, in the special figure 2 state update process in the middle of the special figure 2 variable display (the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer is 1 or more), a predetermined one of the eight LEDs configuring the special figure 2 display device 214 is set. The ON/OFF driving control is performed by repeatedly turning on and off the LED. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs the variable display of the special figure 2 (special figure 2 variation game). In addition, in the command setting transmission process (step S233), predetermined transmission information indicating execution of the rotation start setting transmission process is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area, and then the process ends. Further, if the number of time savings stored in the time saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the number of time savings. At this time, when the time saving flag stored in the time saving frequency storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is on and the total number of changes in the time saving frequency is 0, the time saving flag is turned off. Further, even during the big hit game (during the special game state), the time saving flag is turned off.

Further, in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, there are flags such as a 10R big hit flag, an 8R big hit flag, a 6R big hit flag, a 5R big hit flag, a small hit flag, a loss flag, a special figure probability variation flag, and a general figure probability variation flag. It is prepared. These flags are set to ON or OFF based on the determined stop symbol in the special figure 2 related lottery process described later. In the special figure 2 state update processing that starts at the timing when the special figure 2 variable display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), for example, the 10R jackpot flag is on, the special figure When the probability variation flag is also on and the universal figure probability variation flag is off, the "special figure b" shown in FIG. 11(b), the 6R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability variation flag is on, and the general figure probability variation flag is When it is off, the special map c, the 8R jackpot flag is on, the special map probability fluctuation flag is also on, and when the universal figure probability fluctuation flag is off, the special map d is on, and the 10R jackpot flag is on, the special map If the probability variation flag is also on and the universal figure probability variation flag is off, the "special map b" or "special diagram e", the 5R jackpot flag is on, the special figure probability variation flag is on, and the general pattern probability variation flag is off In the case of "special figure f", the 10R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability variation flag is off, the general figure probability variation flag is "on special figure a", and the small hit flag is on To control the lighting and extinction of the LEDs constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 so that the special figure g and the special flag h are turned on when the loss flag is on, respectively. To make a setting that indicates that the special figure 2 is in stop display. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214, the 10R probability variation big hit symbol ("special figure b", "special figure e"), 6R probability variation big hit symbol ("special figure c"), 8R probability variation big hit symbol ( "Special drawing d"), 5R certainty variation big hit design ("Special drawing f"), 10R regular big hit design ("Special drawing a"), small hit design ("Special drawing g"), lost design ("Special drawing h") ) Any one of the symbols is confirmed and displayed. In addition, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, which is a simultaneous fluctuation machine, the fluctuation display of special figure 1 may be displayed during the fluctuation display of special figure 2, but the special display 2 fluctuation display time has elapsed. When the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed at the timing, regardless of the lottery result of the special figure 1, the lottery result in the special figure 1 at the timing of the big hit symbol display or the small hit symbol display of the special figure 2 Is discarded and the symbol is stopped and displayed. On the contrary, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed at the timing when the special figure 1 variation display time elapses during the variation display of the special figure 2, regardless of the lottery result of the special figure 2, At the timing of the big hit symbol display or the small hit symbol display of the special figure 1, the lottery result is discarded in the special figure 2 and the off symbol is stopped and displayed.

After that, in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 ms), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308. By this setting, the special display 2 that is confirmed and displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is informed of the result of the special figure 2 variable game.

Further, the special transmission information indicating that the rotation stop setting transmission processing is executed in the command setting transmission processing (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area described above, and the pattern for stopping the variable display is the special figure 2. The special figure 2 identification information indicating that it exists is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data described later, and then the process ends.

If the result of the special figure 2 variation game is a big hit, the big hit flag is turned on as described later. When the jackpot flag is on, the RAM 308 is updated in the special figure 2 state updating process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0). In addition to setting the special figure 2 in operation in the setting area, it waits for a predetermined winning effect production period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which an image is displayed to inform the player that the big hit by the decorative symbol display device 208 is started. In order to do so, information indicating the winning effect period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the winning effect setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area.

In addition, in the special figure 2 state update processing which is started at the timing when the predetermined prize-winning effect period is finished (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the predetermined open period (for example, 29 seconds) , Or until the first variable winning port 234 or the second variable winning port 235 detects a winning of a predetermined number of balls (for example, 10 balls) in the first variable winning port 234) The shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 or the second variable winning port A signal for holding the shutter member 2341 or the shutter member 2351 in an open state is output to a solenoid (a part of various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for opening and closing the shutter member 2351 of the RAM 235, and a door provided in the RAM 308 is opened. Information indicating the open period is set in the storage area of the time management timer. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening opening setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area. In the present embodiment, the jackpot pattern determines whether the first variable winning port 234 (S attacker) is open or the second variable winning port 235 (R attacker) is open.

Further, in the special figure 2 state update process which starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the door opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) The shutter member 2341 or the shutter member 2351 is closed by a solenoid (a part of various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for opening and closing the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning port 234 or the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 235. A signal for holding the state is output, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening closing setting transmission processing is executed in the command setting transmission processing (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

In addition, the opening/closing control of the shutter member is repeated a predetermined number of times (10 rounds, 6 rounds, 8 rounds, or 5 rounds in the present exemplary embodiment), and in the special figure 2 state update process which starts at the timing when it is finished, a predetermined end effect is produced. In order to set to wait for a period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which an image is displayed to notify the player that the jackpot by the decorative symbol display device 208 is to be ended, a timer for effect standby time provided in the RAM 308 is set. The information indicating the production standby period is set in the storage area of. Further, if the universal figure probability variation flag is set to ON, at the same time as the end of this big hit game, the time saving number is stored in the time saving number storage section provided in the RAM 308 (for example, total variation number 100 times and special figure 1 variation number). (51 times) and the time saving flag provided in the RAM 308 is turned on. If the universal figure probability variation flag is set to OFF, neither the time saving number is set in the time saving frequency storage unit nor the time saving flag is turned ON. If the special figure probability variation flag is set to ON, the probability variation flag provided in the RAM 308 is turned ON simultaneously with the end of the big hit game.

The time saving here means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player because the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variation game to the start of the next big hit is shortened. If the time saving flag is set to ON, it is in the high probability state of universal figure (universal figure probable variation). In the high probability state of the public figure, the probability of being hit in the general variation game is higher than in the low probability state of the universal figure. Also, in the general figure high probability state, the variation time of the general figure fluctuation game becomes shorter than in the general figure low probability state (general figure shortness). Further, in the universal figure high probability state, the opening time per opening of the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is likely to be longer than in the universal figure low probability state (power extension). In addition, the shutter member 2311 is more likely to open in the universal figure high probability state than in the universal figure low probability state. The state in which any one of these Phenomenon Probability, Phenomenon Variance, and Den Chu is set is called Densapo (starting prize winning support by electric tulip) state.

Further, as described above, the time saving flag is set to OFF during the big hit game (during the special game state). Therefore, the general probability low probability state is maintained during the big hit game. If this is a high probability state during the big hit game, one is until a predetermined number of game balls enter the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235 during the big hitting game. In the meantime, many game balls enter the starting port (variable) 231 of Toku-zu 1 and the number of game balls (number of balls) that can be acquired during a big hit increases, which increases gambling. There is a problem, and the other one is that a large number of game balls enter the starting point (variable) 231 of Toku-zu 1, so a certain number of games are inserted into the first variable winning port 234 or the second variable winning port 235. There is also a problem that the time until the ball enters becomes long, the big hit game becomes redundant, and there is also a problem that the player gets bored, so it is for solving this, but during the big hit game Also, the time saving flag may be left on.

Further, predetermined transmission information indicating execution of the end effect setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area.

In addition, in the special figure 2 state update processing which starts at the timing when the predetermined end production period ends (the timing when the value of the production standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 non-operation is performed in the setting area of the RAM 308. Set inside.

The example of the big hit game using the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235 has been described above, but the same applies to the small hitting game using the second variable winning opening 235.

Furthermore, if the result of the special figure 2 variation game is out, the out flag is turned on. When the deviation flag is on, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), Toku-zu 2 inactive is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. In the special figure 2 state updating process in the case where the special figure 2 is not operating, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S227.

Then, the special figure state update process (special figure 1 state update process) about special figure 1 is performed (step S227). In this special figure 1 state update processing, each processing described in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update processing is performed according to the state of special figure 1. Each process performed in this special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process in which “special figure 2” of the contents described in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update process is replaced with “special figure 1”. Omit it. In the present embodiment, in the special figure 1 state update processing, when the time saving flag stored in the time saving frequency storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is on and the total number of changes in the time saving frequency is 0, or When the number of fluctuations in special figure 1 becomes 0, the time saving flag is turned off. In other words, even if the total number of changes is not 0, when the special figure 1 number of changes is 0, the time saving flag is turned off at that point. In this way, since the sequence is such that the special figure 2 state update processing is executed and then the special figure 1 state update processing is executed, in the present embodiment that is the specification of the simultaneous variation machine, for example, the previous symbol variation display In, in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, when one big hit or a small hit and the other symbol variation display is discarded and is lost, the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is the symbol variation of the special figure 1. It will start before the display. The order of the special figure 2 state update processing and the special figure 1 state update processing may be reversed.

When the special figure state update processing in step S225 and step S227 is completed, the special figure related lottery processing for each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed this time. In the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229), the variation game of the special figure 2 is not performed, the state of the special figure 2 is not operating, and it is not in the big hit game of either the special figure 1 or the special figure 2. In addition, the special figure 2 random number storage area within the special figure 2 random number storage area, with the start condition being that the number of the special figure 2 variable games that are not under the small hit game of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is 1 or more. The first special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random number value are used for execution. Special figure 1 related lottery processing, the variation game of special figure 1 is not performed, the state of special figure 1 is inactive, neither is the big hit game of special figure 1 or special figure 2, The first in the special figure 1 random number storage area, with the start condition being that the number of the special figure 1 fluctuation games that are held is not during any of the small hit games of FIG. 1 and special figure 2 It is executed using the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value. That is, in the present embodiment, the special game 1 can start the variable game regardless of whether or not the special game 2 is in the variable game, and the special game 2 is in the variable game of the special map 1. Regardless of whether or not there is a variation game, it is configured to be able to start (simultaneous variation machine).

The notification of the result of whether or not the special figure variation game is determined by the decorative symbol display device 208 is performed by the first sub-control unit 400, and in the present embodiment, in the small hit rush, the special figure 2 start opening 232 is won. The notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on is given priority over the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 starting mouth (fixed) 230 and the special figure 1 starting mouth (variable) 231. In the state and the electric power support state (challenge mode, battle mode), the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special map 1 starting opening (fixed) 230 and the special drawing 1 starting opening (variable) 231 The priority is given to the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning in the starting opening 232. In addition, when the lottery result of the special figure 1 variation game during the small hit rush is a big hit, as will be described later, normally, the long variation time of the special figure 1 variation time of 450 to 500 seconds is selected, and the special figure 2 Since the variation time is as short as 8.5 seconds and the variation time is selected, the special figure 2 variation game is executed once or a plurality of times between the start and end of the special figure 1 variation game. Therefore, even if the special figure 1 variation game is a big hit, it becomes a big hit or a small hit in the special figure 2 variation game, and the special figure 1 variation game being executed is discarded, but rarely, the special figure 2 variation game. Depending on the result, the special figure 1 variation game may not be discarded, and there may be a big hit in special figure 1. In this case, for example, in parallel with the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting port 232, or once, the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting port 232 is interrupted. Then, the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 starting opening (fixed) 230 and the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 may be executed. Further, in the normal game state and the electric support state, usually, most of the game balls launched by right-hand strike enter the first starting opening (variable) 231 and the special figure 2 fluctuation time is 450 to 500 seconds. A long variation time is selected, and a variation time of 2.5 seconds is selected for the special figure 1 variation time, so the special figure 2 variation game is not started, or until the special figure 2 variation game is started and ended. In the meantime, the special figure 1 variation game is a big hit or a small hit, and the special figure 2 variation game is discarded, but in rare cases, the special figure 2 variation game is not destroyed and becomes a big hit, the special figure 1 start In parallel with the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on winning in the mouth (fixed) 230 and the special figure 1 starting mouth (variable) 231, or the special figure 1 starting mouth (fixed) 230 and the special figure 1 starting mouth (variable) ) There may be a case where the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of 231 is interrupted and the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting port 232 is executed.

In the case of the special figure 2 related lottery process in step S229, the main control unit 300 starts the special figure 2 start information (special piece) from the earliest (oldest stored) holding position in the special figure 2 random value storage area. FIG. 2 winning random number value and special figure 2 random number value pair) is acquired, and based on the special figure 2 winning random value in the acquired special figure 2 starting information and the value of the special figure probability variation flag in the RAM 308, the ROM 306 It is determined whether to make a big hit, a small hit, or a non-win by using the hit/miss determination table stored in (a hit/miss judgment). Then, the main control unit 300 uses the special figure determination table stored in the ROM 306 based on the special figure 2 random number value in the obtained special figure 2 start information and the determined hit/miss judgment result. After the variable display, the symbols (stop symbols) to be stopped and displayed are determined. Next, the main control unit 300 is stored in the ROM 306 based on, for example, the determined hit/miss determination result, the stop symbol, the special figure 2 holding number at the time of the hit determination, the obtained random number for determining the special figure variation time, and the like. The variable display time (timer number) of special figure 2 is determined using various tables.

The main control unit 300 retrieves the earliest special figure 2 starting information from the special figure 2 random value storage area, deletes the earliest special figure 2 starting information from the special figure 2 random value storage area, and Figure 2 The special figure 2 reservation number in the reservation number storage area is decremented by one. At this time, the special figure 2 starting information extracted from the special figure 2 random value storage area is stored in the temporary area provided in the RAM 308, and the above-mentioned determination is performed based on the special figure 2 starting information stored in this temporary area. You may do it.

After the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) as described above, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) is similarly performed. The order of the special figure 1 related lottery process and the special figure 2 related lottery process may be reversed.

In the above description, the special figure state update process and the special figure-related lottery process described above are independently performed in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, so that a plurality of special figures are changed at the same time. The special lottery is not limited to this, and the lottery process and the variable game regarding the suspension of the other special diagram may not be performed depending on the state of the one special diagram. In the present embodiment, as will be described later, when a plurality of special symbols are changed at the same time, in the normal game state and the electric support state, the effect display in accordance with the variable display of the special symbol 1 is performed on the decorative symbol display device 208. On the other hand, the effect display is not performed for the variable display of the special figure 2, and in the small hit rush, the decorative pattern display device 208 is caused to perform the effect display in accordance with the variable display of the special figure 2, while the variable display of the special figure 1 is displayed. With regard to the effect display, the decorative pattern display device 208 is provided with a plurality of areas for displaying the lottery results of each special figure, or a plurality of decorative patterns for displaying the lottery results of each special figure. A display device may be provided to display each lottery result separately. In addition, when fluctuations relating to a plurality of special maps are performed at the same time, the lottery result of the special map whose fluctuation is stopped first may influence the lottery result of the special map whose fluctuation is stopped later.

In step S233 following step S231, command setting transmission processing is performed. In this command setting transmission process, various commands are transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. The output schedule information transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 is composed of, for example, 16 bits, bit 15 is strobe information (when it is on, it indicates that data is set), and bits 11 to 14 are. Command type (in the present exemplary embodiment, a basic command, a winning opening winning command, an out-ball command, a launch position command, a special figure variation start command, a special figure variation stop command, a special figure stop type command (see special figure 1 and special figure 2 A command transmitted at the time of start of fluctuation, which specifies which of special map 1 and special map 2 is stopped and displayed first), start command per special map, end command per special map, opening special winning opening Command, jackpot round number designation command, power recovery command, RAM clear command, prefetch result information command, setting command, and other information that can specify the type of command), bits 0 to 10 are command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type) ).

Specifically, the strobe information is turned on or off in the command transmission process described above. If the command type is the special figure variation start command, the command data includes information indicating various big hit flags, small hit flags, out-of-match flags, timer numbers selected in the special figure-related lottery processing, and the like. In the form, when the special figure variation start command is set, the stop symbol information that can specify the stop symbol is included. In the case of the special figure fluctuation stop command, various big hit flags, small hit flags, outlier flag values, etc. are included, and in the case of the big hit round number designating command, the big hit round number, etc. are included. When the command type indicates a basic command, the device information is included in the command data, whether or not there is a winning at the special figure 1 starting port (fixed) 230, whether or not there is a winning at the special diagram 1 starting port (variable) 231, and the special diagram 2 starts. The presence/absence of a prize in the mouth 232, the presence/absence of a prize in the first variable prize mouth 234, the presence/absence of a prize in the second variable prize mouth 235 and the like are included. In the case of the prefetch result information command, the command data includes information such as the types of special figure 1 and special figure 2, the prefetch number stored in the prefetch number storage area, and the stop symbol stored in the prefetch result storage unit. In the case of a setting command, it includes setting information and the like.

In the rotation start setting transmission process described above, the command data is stored in the RAM 308, and the values of various big hit flags, small hit flags, and out-of-range flags are selected in the special figure 1 related lottery processing and the special figure 2 related lottery processing. The information indicating the timer number, the number of pending special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games, etc. is set. In the rotation stop setting transmission process described above, information indicating the values of various big hit flags, small hit flags, out-of-match flags, etc. stored in the RAM 308 is set in the command data.

In the above-described winning effect setting transmission process, the command data stored in the RAM 308, the effect control information to be output to the decorative symbol display device 208, the various lamps (442, 452), and the speaker 120 during the winning effect period is held. The information indicating the number of the special figure 1 variation game or the special figure 2 variation game, etc. is set. In the above-described end effect setting transmission process, the command data stored in the RAM 308, the effect control information to be output to the decorative pattern display device 208, the various lamps (442, 452), and the speaker 120 during the effect waiting period, the hold. The information indicating the number of the special figure 1 variation game or the special figure 2 variation game, etc. is set. In the above-mentioned special winning opening opening setting transmission processing, information indicating the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the number of pending special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games, etc. is set in the command data. In the above-described special winning opening closing setting transmission processing, information indicating the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the number of pending special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games, etc. is set in the command data.

Further, in this step S233, general command special figure reservation increase processing is also performed. In this general command special figure pending increase processing, special figure identification information (information indicating special figure 1 or special figure 2) stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 for command data, advance notice information (advance notice information, false) Prior notice information or no prior notice information) is set.

In the first sub-control unit 400, the command type included in the received output schedule information makes it possible to determine the effect control according to the change in the game control in the main control unit 300, and is included in the output schedule information. The effect control content can be determined based on the information of the command data.

In step S235 following step S233, an external output signal setting process is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 350 separate from the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

In step S237 following step S235, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of the various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step S205 are read to monitor the presence or absence of a predetermined error, for example, the presence or absence of a front frame door opening error or the presence or absence of a ball storage tray full tank error. To do. When a front frame door opening error or a ball storage tray full tank error is detected, a device indicating in the transmission information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 whether there is a front frame door opening error or a ball storage tray full tank error. Set the information. In addition, various solenoids 332 are driven to control opening and closing of the first special figure starting port (variable) 231, the first variable winning port 234 and the second variable winning port 235, and via the drive circuits 324, 326, 330. The display data to be output to the public figure display device 210, the special figure 1 display device 212, the special figure 2 display device 214, various status display sections 328, etc. is set to the output port of the I/O 310. The output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S219) is output to the payout control unit 600 via the output port of the I/O 310.

In step S239 following step S237, it is monitored whether or not the low voltage signal is on. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when power cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S243, and when the low voltage signal is off (power cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S241. In step S241, timer interrupt end processing is performed. In this timer interrupt end processing, the value of each register temporarily saved in step S201 is set in each original register, interrupt permission is set, etc., and then the main control unit main processing shown in FIG. Return to. On the other hand, in step S243, a specific variable or a stack pointer for returning to the power-off state at the time of power recovery is saved as recovery data in a predetermined area of the RAM 308, and power-off processing such as initialization of the input/output port is performed. After that, the state becomes HALT.

Next, it is used in the universal figure related lottery processing (step S223), the special figure 2 related lottery processing (step S229) and the special figure 1 related lottery processing (step S231) in the main controller timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. The determination table will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15. Here, FIG. 14(a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the general/universal drawing appropriateness determination table, and FIG. 14(b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the special figure 1-2 appropriateness determination table. Yes, FIG. 15(a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the special map 1 jackpot symbol determination distribution table, and FIG. 15(b) is an example of the contents of the special diagram 2 jackpot symbol determination distribution table. It is a figure.

The universal figure propriety determination table shown in FIG. 14A is a universal figure propriety determination table used at the time of universal figure propriety determination. It should be noted that this table is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. As shown in FIG. 14A, when this hit/miss determination table is used, there is no hit value in the normal figure low probability state, that is, the probability of hit is 0%. In the high probability state, the probability of winning is 100%. It should be noted that in a low probability probability state (when the time saving is not activated), the winning may be a certain probability (for example, 1%), and in a high probability probability condition (when the time saving is activated), the probability is constant. The probability (for example, 1%) may be offset.

The special figure 1/2 win/loss determination table shown in FIG. 14B is a table that is referred to when performing the win/fail determination of special figure 1 and special figure 2, and is one of settings 1 to 6, The record to be referred to is selected depending on whether the special figure low probability state or the special figure high probability state. Note that this table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 1, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/299 as a result of the jackpot lottery determination in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the special figure 1 and the special figure As a result of the determination of whether or not the big hit lottery in FIG. 2 is successful, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/29.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/279 as a result of the jackpot lottery determination of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the special figure 1 and the special figure 1 As a result of the jackpot lottery determination in FIG. 2, the jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/27.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 3, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/259 as a result of the jackpot lottery determination of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the special figure 1 and the special figure As a result of the success/failure determination of the jackpot lottery in FIG. 2, the jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/25.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 4, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/239 as a result of the jackpot lottery determination in the special figure 1 and special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the special figure 1 and special figure As a result of the determination of whether or not the big hit lottery in FIG. 2 is successful, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/23.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 5, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/219 as a result of the jackpot lottery determination of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the special figure 1 and the special figure As a result of the jackpot lottery determination of FIG. 2, the jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/21.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 6, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/199 as a result of the jackpot lottery determination in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the special figure 1 and the special figure As a result of the determination of success or failure of the jackpot lottery in FIG. 2, the jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/19.9.

In addition, regardless of any of the settings 1 to 6 and whether the special figure high probability state or the special figure low probability state, it is not a big hit as a result of the jackpot lottery determination of special figure 1 In the case of hitting, the small hit of opening and closing twice is selected. It should be noted that there may be cases where there is a deviation in the special figure 1. In addition, regardless of any of the settings 1 to 6 and whether the special figure high probability state or the special figure low probability state, the result of the jackpot lottery determination of the special figure 2 is about 1/10. With a probability of 12, a small opening and closing of 12 times is selected. The probability of small hit may be different for each setting.

As described above, in this embodiment, the jackpot probability in the special figure high probability state is higher than that in the special figure low probability state in any of the settings 1 to 6. Further, in the present embodiment, the jackpot probability differs depending on the setting. The higher the setting, the easier the big hit, and the lower the setting, the harder the jackpot becomes. Therefore, the lower the setting, the harder it is for a big hit, but for example, when moving to the battle mode, the set number of electric support is easily digested and it is easy to shift to a small hit rush, and it also shifts to a small hit rush. In this case, the number of small hits tends to occur more frequently than the high setting, and different game characteristics may be provided in some cases.

In this embodiment, the jackpot probability is set to be 10 times different between the special figure high probability state and the special figure low probability state in any setting, and the special figure high probability state and the common figure high probability state are set in the special figure high probability state. In the low probability state of the figure, the fluctuation display time of special figure 1 and special figure 2 greatly changes. In the present embodiment, the fluctuation time of the special map 2 in the special figure high probability general figure low probability state (small hit rush) is set to, for example, 8.5 seconds. In the small hit rush, when the player hits to the right, it is easy for a large number of game balls to enter the second special figure starting port 232, and it is possible to display a large number of variable figures of the special figure 2 as a result. The mechanism is such that the frequency of small hits that can be expected to be paid out is high. In addition, in the state where the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 which is suspended is four (full tank), it is one time of the special figure 1 rather than the time required to consume all the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 Since it takes a longer time to consume the variable display of symbols, the big hit is less likely to occur in the special figure 1. On the other hand, the fluctuation time of the special map 2 in the special figure high probability general figure high probability state (battle mode) and the special figure low probability general figure high probability state (challenge mode) is selected to be, for example, 450 to 500 seconds. It has become so. Therefore, in the battle mode and the challenge mode, if the player strikes to the right, the frequency of entering the Toku-zu 2 starting port 232 decreases, and even if the player enters the Toku-zu 2 starting port 232, the variable display result of Toku-zu 2 is displayed. Since the time until it is played is about every 10 minutes, even if it is right-handed, it is substantially disadvantageous to the player.

FIG. 15(a) shows an example of the special-figure 1 jackpot design determination distribution table, and the special-figure 1 is stopped based on the fact that the hit/miss judgment result of the special-figure 1 is a big hit as described above. Determine the design. Note that this table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In this special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the big hit symbol aspect of special figure 1 (see FIG. 11A) is defined.

First, if the result of the special drawing 1 hit determination is a big hit, any one of “special drawing A”, “special drawing B”, and “special drawing E” to “special drawing Q” is selected. In the present embodiment, the table configuration has a different jackpot symbol selection rate depending on whether or not the gaming state is a high probability state (power support state). That is, if the gaming state at the time of a big hit is a non-electric power support state (general figure low probability state), it is a 5R normal big hit (special figure low probability common figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning port 234 opens. "Figure A" is 23/100, and the second variable winning opening 235 is a 10R sure variation super-big hit (special drawing high probability general figure low probability big hit) "Special drawing B" is 5/100, first variable winning opening 234 In the 5R probability variation big hit (special probability high probability general figure high probability big hit) that opens, the special support E is given until the fluctuation display count of special figure 1 reaches 50 times, "Special figure E" is 35/100, 1st In the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) in which the variable winning port 234 is opened, the electric support state is added until the variable display number of special figure 1 reaches 45 times. 100, 5R probability variation big hit (the special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) where the 1st variable winning a prize mouth 234 opens, the electric support state is given until the fluctuation indication frequency of special figure 1 reaches 40 times. Is 6/100, and the first variable winning port 234 is open, the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) is given the electric power support state until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 reaches 35 times. "Special map H" is 4/100, 5R probability variable big hit with the first variable winning port 234 open (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 reaches 30 times. "Special map I" given is 4/100, and the number of fluctuation display of special map 1 is 25 times in 5R certainty variation big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) where the first variable winning port 234 opens "Special drawing J" to which the electric power support state is given is 2/100, and the number of times of fluctuation display of special drawing 1 is 5R certainty big jackpot (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning port 234 opens "Special drawing K" that electric power support state is given up to 20 times is 2/100, and the first variable winning port 234 opens 5R probability variation big hit (special drawing high probability general figure high probability big hit) In the 5R certainty variation big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) that the special support L is 2/100 and the first variable winning a prize port 234 is opened, the electric support state is given until the number of times of fluctuating display becomes 15 times. The “special figure M” to which the electric power support state is given until the number of times of the variable display of special figure 1 becomes 10 is 2/100.

Also, if the gaming state at the time of a big hit is a power support state (universal figure high probability state), it is a 5R normal big hit (special figure low probability general figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning port 234 opens. "A" is 23/100, the second variable winning a prize hole 235 is a 10R certainty change super jackpot (special figure high probability general figure low probability big hit) "special figure B" is 5/100, the first variable winning hole 234 is 5R probability variation big hit to open (special figure high probability big figure high probability big hit) until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 reaches 30 times, "Special figure I" is 35/100, first variable In the 5R probability variation big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) that the winning opening 234 opens, the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 reaches 25 times. , 5R probability variation big hit (the special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) where the 1st variable winning a prize mouth 234 opens, the electric support state is given until the fluctuation indication frequency of special figure 1 reaches 20, “special figure K” 6/100, the 5R probability variation big hit (the special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) in which the first variable winning port 234 opens, the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuation display of the special figure 1 becomes 15 times. "Special map L" is 4/100, the 5R probability variable big hit (the special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) with the first variable winning port 234 opening is in the electric support state until the fluctuation display number of the special figure 1 becomes 10 times. 4/100 for "Special map M" to be given, and 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) in which the first variable winning port 234 is opened until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 becomes 10 times. "Special map N" to which the electric power support state is given is 2/100, and the number of times of fluctuation display of special map 1 is 10 in the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) in which the first variable winning port 234 is opened. "Special map O" that is given the electric power support state until the number of times is 2/100, fluctuation of special map 1 with 5R certainty variation big hit (special figure high probability general figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning port 234 opens "Special drawing P" that the electric power support state is given until the number of times of display is 10 is 2/100, and the first variable winning a prize hole 234 is opened in 5R probability variation big hit (special drawing high probability general probability high probability big hit) The “special figure Q” to which the electric power support state is given until the number of times of variable display in FIG. 1 becomes 10 is 2/100.

In addition, if the result of the special drawing 1 hit determination is a small hit, "special drawing C" is selected. As described above, the “special map C” is a small hit in which the first variable winning port 234 repeats short opening at most twice, and is a small hit in which prize balls cannot be expected to be paid out.

FIG. 15(b) shows an example of the special figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table, and as described above, the special figure 2 is stopped based on the fact that the hit/miss judgment result of the special figure 2 is a big hit. Determine the design. Note that this table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In this special figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the big hit symbol aspect of the special figure 2 (see FIG. 11B) is defined.

If the result of the special figure 2 hit determination is a big hit, any one of "special figure a" to "special figure f" is selected. That is, the "special drawing a" which is the 10R normal big hit (special figure low probability general figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning opening 234 opens is 23/100, and the 10R super-probability variation big hit that the second variable winning opening 235 opens. (Special map high probability general map low probability big hit) 10/100, 6R certainty variation big hit (the special map high probability general figure low probability big hit) that the second variable winning port 235 opens "Figure c" is 13/100, the second variable winning port 235 is 7/100, and the second variable winning port 235 is 8R certainty variation big hit (special figure high probability general figure low probability big hit) 5R 100% probability variation big hit (special probability high probability general figure low probability big hit) that opens 5/100, 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability general probability low probability big hit) which the 1st variable winning a prize mouth 234 opens ) "Special drawing f" is 42/100.

Further, if the result of the special drawing 2 hit determination is a small hit, "special drawing g" is selected. As described above, the "special figure g" is a small hit in which the second variable winning port 235 is opened 12 times at maximum.

Next, the processing of the first sub control unit 400 will be described. FIG. 16A is a flowchart of the main process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400. First, in step S301 of FIG. 16A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, first, an initialization process is executed in step S301. In this initialization processing, the input/output ports are initialized and the storage area in the RAM 408 is initialized.

In step S303 following step S301, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S305. .. In step S305, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

In step S307 following step S305, command processing is performed. The CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 determines whether or not a command has been received from the main control unit 300.

In step S309 following step S307, effect control processing is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S307, processing such as reading the effect data corresponding to this command from the ROM 406 is performed, and when the effect data needs to be updated, effect data update processing is performed.

In step S311, which is subsequent to step S309, chance button control processing is performed. In the chance button control process, the operation of the effect button 136 or the operation key unit 190 is detected, and the effect data updated in step S309 is changed to the effect data corresponding to the operation of the effect button 136 or the operation key unit 190 according to the detection result. Perform processing to change to.

In step S313 subsequent to step S311, sound control processing is performed. In the sound control processing, if the effect data read in step S309 includes a command to the sound source IC 416, this command is output to the sound source IC 416.

In step S315, which is subsequent to step S313, a lamp control process is performed. In the lamp control process, if there is an instruction to the various lamps 442 and 452 in the effect data read in step S309, this instruction is output to the game board lamp drive circuit 440 and the game underframe lamp drive circuit 450. To do.

In step S317 following step S315, movable body control processing is performed. For example, when the effect data read in step S309 includes a command to the first effect movable unit 7 in the upper part and the second effect movable unit 8 hidden on the rear side, as shown in FIG. , And outputs this command to the drive circuit 422.

In step S319 subsequent to step S317, information transmission processing is performed. In the information transmission process, if the effect data read in step S309 includes a control command to be transmitted to the second sub control unit 500, the control command is set to be output. Then, it returns to step S303.

FIG. 16B is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit command reception interrupt process (strobe interrupt process) executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. The command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the first sub control unit 400 detects the strobe signal from the main control unit 300. In step S331 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

FIG. 16C is a flowchart of the first sub control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms). The timer interrupt process is triggered by this timer interrupt. To be executed in the cycle. In step S341 of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt processing, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S303 of the first sub-control unit main processing and stored in the original timer variable storage area. To do. Therefore, in step S303, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10).

In step S343 subsequent to step S341, the control command is transmitted to the second sub control unit 500 set in the information transmission process (step S319) of the first sub control unit main process, and the other effect random number updating process is performed. And so on.

Next, the processing of the second sub control unit 500 will be described. FIG. 17A is a flowchart of the main process executed by the CPU (not shown) of the second sub control unit 500. First, in step S401 of FIG. 17A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, an initialization process is first executed in step S401. In this initialization processing, initialization of input/output ports, initialization processing of a storage area in a RAM (not shown), and the like are performed.

In step S403 following step S401, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S405. .. In step S405, 0 is substituted for the timer variable.

In step S407 following step S405, command processing is performed. The CPU of the second sub control unit 500 determines whether or not a command has been received from the first sub control unit 400.

In step S409 following step S407, effect control processing is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S407, the effect data corresponding to this command (effect data by the decorative pattern display device 208) is read from a ROM (not shown), and the like, and the effect data is updated. If necessary, the effect data is updated.

In step S411 following step S409, image control processing is performed. In the image control processing, if the effect data read in step S409 includes an instruction to the VDP 516, this instruction is output to the VDP 516 (details will be described later). Then, it returns to step S403.

FIG. 17B is a flowchart of the command reception interrupt process executed by the CPU of the second sub control unit 500. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second sub control unit 500 detects the strobe signal from the first sub control unit 400. In step S431 of the command reception interrupt processing, the command received from the first sub-control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM.

FIG. 17C is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process executed by the CPU of the second sub control unit 500. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms). The timer interrupt process is triggered by this timer interrupt. To be executed in the cycle. In step S441 of the timer interrupt processing, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM described in step S403 of the second sub-control unit main processing, and the result is stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S403, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10). In step S443, which is subsequent to step S441, update processing of the other random number value for effect is performed.

FIG. 17D is a flowchart of the image control process in step S411 of the second sub-control unit main process. In step S451, a transfer instruction of image data (movie data and texture data described later) is issued. Here, the CPU 504 first swaps the designation of the drawing areas of the frame buffer 1 and the frame buffer 2 of the VRAM 518. As a result, the one-frame image stored in the frame buffer not designated in the drawing area is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208. Next, the CPU 504 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of the ROM 506), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of the VRAM 518) and the like in the attribute register of the VDP 516 based on the position information table, etc., and then the image from the ROM 506 to the VRAM 518. Set an instruction to start data transfer. The VDP 516 transfers the image data from the ROM 506 to the VRAM 518 based on the instruction set in the attribute register. After that, the VDP 516 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 504.

In step S453 following step S451, it is determined whether or not the transfer end interrupt signal from the VDP 516 is input. If the transfer end interrupt signal is input (step S453: Yes), the process proceeds to step S455, If not (step S453: No), it waits until the transfer end interrupt signal is input.

In step S455, parameter setting is performed based on the effect scenario configuration table, attribute data, and the like. Here, the CPU 504 forms the display image in the frame buffer 1 or 2 of the VRAM 518 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 518 in step S451. , VRAM coordinates (arrangement coordinates, etc.) to the VDP 516. The VDP 516 sets parameters according to the attribute based on the instruction stored in the attribute register.

In step S457 subsequent to step S455, a drawing instruction is given. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 504 instructs the VDP 516 to start drawing an image. The VDP 516 starts image drawing in the frame buffer according to the instruction of the CPU 504.

In step S459 following step S457, it is determined whether or not the generation end interrupt signal from the VDP 516 based on the image drawing end is input, and if the generation end interrupt signal is input (step S459: Yes), If not (step S459: No), the process waits until the generation end interrupt signal is input.

In step S461, the scene display counter, which is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 508 and counts how many scenes of images have been generated, is incremented (+1) to end the process. Next, FIG.・This is an example of a battle mode effect selection table, and in a normal game state, when a big hit occurs in "special map E" to "special map M", a battle mode that shifts after the big hit game ends (a battle mode that shifts by the A route) ) Determines the content of the effect. In addition, FIG. 18B shows an example of a B route/battle mode effect selection table, and it is a big hit with “special map I” to “special map Q” in the electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode). In this case, the contents of the effect in the battle mode (the battle mode in which the route B shifts) is determined after the jackpot game is over. It should be noted that this table is stored in the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400. In the A route battle mode effect selection table and the B route battle mode effect selection table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the number of electric support provided after the big hit game is defined.

First, as shown in FIG. 18(a), when the electric support frequency is given in the range of 35 to 50 after the big hit game, the initial life of the swordsman as an enemy is 1000, 45/100 production pattern that the size of the damage value (that is, the life value that decreases) is approximately equal every time the symbol variation display is performed, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the symbol variation of special figure 1 The size of the damage value for each display is 30/100, which is a large damage value in the symbol fluctuation display in the first half, and a small damage value in the symbol fluctuation display in the latter half, and the initial life of the swordsman is 500. And, the production pattern that the size of the damage value is approximately equal every time the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 is performed is 20/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 300, and the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 The effect pattern is such that the magnitude of the damage value is approximately uniform every 5/100.

In addition, when the number of electric support is given in the range of 20 to 30 after the big hit game, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the damage value for each symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed. However, in the first half of the symbol fluctuation display is a small damage value, in the latter half of the symbol fluctuation display is a large damage value 80/100, the swordsman's initial life is 300, and the symbol fluctuation display of special figure 1 is The effect pattern that the size of the damage value is almost equal every time it is performed is 15/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, and the size of the damage value is changed every time the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed. The production pattern that is approximately even is 20/100.

In addition, when the number of electric support is given in the range of 10 to 15 after the big hit game, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the magnitude of the damage value every time the variable display of special figure 1 is performed. However, in the first half of the symbol fluctuation display is a small damage value, in the latter half of the symbol fluctuation display is a large damage value 80/100, the swordsman's initial life is 500, and the symbol fluctuation display of special figure 1 The magnitude of the damage value each time it is performed is a small damage value in the symbol fluctuation display in the first half, a large damage value in the latter half of the pattern fluctuation display is 15/100, and the initial life of the swordsman is 100. The damage value each time the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed is a small damage value in the symbol variation display in the first half, and a large damage value in the symbol variation display in the latter half. Has become.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 18(b), when the electric support frequency is given in the range of 15 to 30 after the big hit game, the initial life of the swordsman is 500, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is displayed. The size of the damage value each time is performed is 60/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, with a large damage value in the symbol fluctuation display in the first half and a small damage value in the symbol fluctuation display in the latter half. Yes, the effect pattern is 35/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 50 so that the size of the damage value is approximately equal every time the symbol fluctuation display of Toku-zu 1 is performed, and the symbol fluctuation display of Toku-zu 1 is The effect pattern is such that the magnitude of the damage value for each time is approximately 5/100.

Also, when the number of electric support is given 10 times after the jackpot game, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, and the magnitude of the damage value every time the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed is the symbol in the first half. The damage pattern is small in the variable display, the production pattern is 80/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 50, which is a large damage value in the latter half of the pattern variable display, and the damage every time the symbol variable display of special figure 1 is performed. The size of the value is 15/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 10, which is a small damage value in the first half of the variable display, and a large damage value in the second half of the variable display. The effect pattern in which the magnitude of the damage value is approximately equal every time the variable display of symbols is performed is 5/100.

As described above, in the present embodiment, it is easy to win a swordsman in appearance, depending on whether the route A is a probability variation big hit or the route B is a probability variation jackpot, and the expectation of shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush is more enhanced. Sometimes it can be increased.

Next, specific configurations of the accessory ratio/setting display 196 and the dip switch board 198 will be described with reference to FIG. Here, FIG. 19A is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of the accessory ratio/setting display unit 196, and FIG. 19B is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of the dip switch substrate 198. Is.

As described above, the character ratio/setting display unit 196 includes the character ratio monitor and the setting monitor, and the character ratio monitor includes a continuous character ratio (RY) and a character ratio ( YH) is displayed, and the setting monitor is displaying the current set value.

Here, the continuous winning character ratio is the number of game balls (that is, safe balls) to be acquired, which is due to the operation of the winning character when the winning character operates continuously (that is, the first in the big hit game). It means the ratio of the number of game balls obtained by opening the variable winning port 234 and winning the prize. The ratio of the number of game balls obtained by winning the first variable winning port 234 to the number of out balls may be used. In addition, the winning character ratio is the number of game balls (that is, safe balls) to be acquired, which is due to operation of a winning character (that is, the first special figure starting port (variable) 231, the first variable winning port 234, and the second winning port 234. It refers to the ratio of the number of game balls obtained by opening the 2-variable winning opening 235 and winning the prize. It should be noted that the first variable winning opening 234, the second variable winning opening 235, the first special figure starting opening (fixed) 230, the first special drawing starting opening (variable) 231, the second special drawing starting opening 232 relative to the number of out balls. It may also be the ratio of the number of game balls obtained by winning a prize in the general winning opening.

In the present embodiment, as a result of calculating the continuous character ratio, when it is determined that the continuous character ratio exceeds 60%, the 2-digit 7-segment LED for displaying the continuous character ratio is blinked and then displayed. Then, the security signal (RY) is output. Here, the security signal (RY) is an error signal that is output when the continuous winning role ratio exceeds 60%, and is output to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336. It may be outputted from a test terminal mountable on the main board 156. This may allow the model application test of the gaming machine to be smoothly performed.

In addition, as a result of calculating the character ratio, when it is determined that the character ratio exceeds 70%, the 2-digit 7-segment LED that displays the character ratio is blinkingly displayed, and then the security signal (YH ) Is output. Here, the security signal (YH) is an error signal output when the accessory ratio exceeds 70%, and is output to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

In this embodiment, when the continuous character ratio or the character ratio exceeds the upper limit of the normal value, the predetermined 7-segment LED is made to blink, but, for example, the emission color is changed. Good.

As shown in FIG. 19B, eight dip switches are arranged on the dip switch board 198. Each dip switch is connected to the first sub-board 160, the position of each dip switch can be read when the power is turned on, and the appearance probability of the effect can be changed. It is possible to set the appearance rate, the rush rate of the effect mode, and the like.

In the pachinko machine 100 described above, in the big hit game, one of the first variable winning port 234 and the second variable winning port 235 is opened according to the big hit symbol, and the small hit in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 Although the type of variable winning a prize opening to be opened is changed depending on whether or not a small hit occurs, it may not be opened in the big hit game of the second variable winning a prize mouth 235, and may be opened only in the small hit game.

Next, a game flow in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating a game flow.

In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, first, a normal game state (special figure low probability general figure low probability state) is started. And in the normal game state, as a result of the variable display of the special figure, if the big hit is the "special figure A" which is the 5R normal big hit symbol, the challenge is the special figure low probability general figure high probability state after the big hit game ends. Switch to mode. In the challenge mode, the so-called "electric power outage" is caused by the start of the 100th symbol variation display according to Toku-zu 1 and Toku-zu 2, or the start of the 51st symbol variation display according to Toku-zu 1, and returns to the normal game state ( Fall down).

Also, in the normal game state, as a result of the variable display of the special figure, if the big hit occurs in the "special figure B" which is the 10R probability variation super-big hit symbol, it is a special figure high probability general figure low probability state after the big hit game ends. Move to small hit rush. In the small hit rush, the result of the variable display of the special figure 2 is easier to be displayed than the special figure 1. As described above, in the special figure 2, the small hit game in which the second variable winning port 235 is opened and closed 12 times at maximum is likely to be a small hit, and in the small hit rush, more hits are made in the small hit game before it becomes a big hit. In some cases, you can expect to win prize balls.

Also, in the normal game state, as a result of the variable display of the special figure, if the 5R certainty variation big hit symbols "special figure E" to "special figure Q" are a big hit, the special figure high probability general figure after the big hit game is over. Transition to battle mode, which is a high probability state. In the battle mode, the 100th symbol variation display according to Toku-zu 1 and 2 or the 51st symbol variation display according to Toku-zu 1 starts the electric power supply suspension, and shifts to the small hit rush.

Similarly, in the electric support state such as the battle mode and the challenge mode, as a result of the variable display of the special figure, if the big hits occur in the "special figure E" to "special figure Q" which are the 5R probability variable big hit symbols, the big hit After the game is over, it shifts to the battle mode, which is a special figure high probability general figure high probability state. Here, as shown in FIG. 15(a), the number of electric support after the big hit game is different depending on the big hit pattern, and the big hit pattern with the smaller number of electric support becomes easier to come off the electric support. In this embodiment, the distribution ratio of the big hit symbol in the non-electric support state and the big hit symbol in the electric support state are different as in the normal game state, and the big game shifts to the battle mode in the normal game state. The route (A route) and the route (route B) that shifts to the battle mode by being a big hit in the electric support state have the specifications that the route B is more likely to reduce the number of electric support. That is, in the A route, the battle mode in which the number of electric power supports is 10 to 50 times shifts, the average number of selected electric power support times is 42.6 times, and the probability of shifting to the small hit rush after missing the electric power support is 43. On the other hand, the route B shifts to a battle mode in which the number of power assists is 10 to 30 and the average number of power assists selected is 24.0 times, and the probability of missing power assists is 62.4%. Therefore, it is easier to get out of the electric support and to easily shift to the small hit rush when the battle mode is switched to the B route than to the battle mode to the A route. Here, the number of electric support that is set when shifting to the battle mode may be referred to as the ceiling number, and the consumption of the number of electric support may be reached to the ceiling. That is, in this embodiment, it can be said that the small hit rush is a more advantageous game state for the player than the battle mode.

In addition, in any state of the battle mode and the challenge mode, when the big hit in the "special map B", after the big hit game, without moving to the battle mode or challenge mode, shift to the small hit rush, When the big hit in the "special map A", after the big hit game is over, it will be shifted to the challenge mode.

In addition, when the probability variation big hit in the special hit 2 in the small hit rush, the number of electric support is 0 times, that is, the small hit rush that is the special figure high probability general figure low probability state after the big hit game is over. Will start again. That is, in the small hit rush, if the special hit b to the special hit f is a big hit, the big hit game ends, and then the small hit rush starts again. On the other hand, in the small hit rush, when the big hit is achieved by the "special drawing a" which is the 10R normal big hit symbol, the game shifts to the challenge mode which is the special drawing low probability general figure high probability state after the big hit game ends. That is, the small hit rush ends and the player falls into the challenge mode.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 21 to 22, an example of the variable display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 in the pachinko machine 100 configured as described above will be described. Here, FIG. 21A is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device in the normal game state, and FIG. 21B is the operation in each symbol display device in the battle mode or the challenge mode. It is a timing chart explaining an example. Further, FIG. 22(a) is a timing chart for explaining the operation of each symbol display device in the case of shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush on the conventional game table, and FIG. 22(b) is a game according to the present embodiment. It is a timing chart explaining an example of an operation in each symbol display device at the time of shifting from a battle mode to a small hit rush in a stand.

As shown in FIG. 21(a), symbol variation display is performed in both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. The symbol variation display of the special figure 1 being executed is the symbol variation display in which the small hit symbol is finally confirmed and displayed. After the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is started, the symbol variation time (for example, 8 seconds) of special figure 1 elapses, and at the timing of t11, special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. In the present embodiment, when one of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is a small hit or a big hit, even if the other symbol variable display is in the middle of the variable display, it is discarded at that time, and the off symbol is displayed. .. Therefore, in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 is abolished at the timing of t11 when the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t12 comes, the small hit game is started. As described above, in the small hit game where the special figure 1 shifts to a small hit, the first variable winning opening 234 is opened twice for a short time, but the game ball enters the first variable winning opening 234. Can hardly be expected, and therefore, the small hit of Toku-zu 1 is substantially regarded as the result of the deviation. After that, after the small hitting game ends at the timing of t13, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses, in the case where both the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are suspended. Both the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are started. However, in the present embodiment, as described above, the sequence is such that the special figure 2 state update process is executed and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed. Therefore, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first. After the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t14, the special figure 1 state update process is subsequently executed and the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t15. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 450 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a normal variation of 8 seconds (miss without reach).

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t16 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also discarded at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t16), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t17 comes, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hitting game ends at the timing of t18, if any symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is suspended, by the above-mentioned procedure, The special figure 2 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is started at the timing of t19, and subsequently the special figure 1 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed at the timing of t20. Be started. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 480 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is an SP loss variation of 55 seconds (loss with SP reach).

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t21 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also discarded at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t21), and the outlier symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t22 comes, the small hitting game is started in the manner described above.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the simultaneous variable machine, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the variable display of one special symbol, the result of the hit/miss judgment of the other special symbol is the big hit or the small hit symbol. And, regardless of whether it is off or off, the off pattern is displayed and displayed.

The example shown in FIG. 21(b) shows an operation example in each symbol display device during the battle mode and the challenge mode, but in the battle mode and the challenge mode, the variation time of the special figure 1 is shortened in the electric support state. Although it is in a state, as in the normal game state, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 has a game property that is given priority over the symbol variation display of the special figure 2, and thus, as in FIG. 21(a), The variable display result of the special figure 1 is displayed, and along with this, the variable display of the special figure 2 is easily abandoned, resulting in game playability.

That is, after the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started, the symbol variation time (for example, 2.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses, and at the timing of t31, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. R. In the present embodiment, even in the battle mode and the challenge mode, when either one of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is a small hit or a big hit, even if the other symbol variable display is in the middle of variable display, it is discarded at that time. Then, the off pattern is displayed. Therefore, in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 is abolished at the timing of t31 when the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, and the outlier symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t32 comes, the small hit game is started. As described above, in the small hit game in which the special figure 1 shifts to the small hit, similar to the normal game state, the first variable winning opening 234 is opened for a short time twice, but the first variable winning opening 234. It is almost impossible to expect the game ball to enter the ball. Therefore, the small hit of the special figure 1 is substantially regarded as the result of the deviation. After that, after the small hitting game ends at the timing of t33, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses, in the case where both the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are suspended. According to the procedure described above, the special figure 2 state update process is first executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t34, and subsequently the special figure 1 state update process is executed and at the timing of t35. The variable display of the special figure 1 is started. The symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long fluctuation of 480 seconds, and the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened fluctuation of 2.5 seconds (miss without reach).

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t36 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also abandoned at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t36), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, at the timing of t37 after the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has passed, the small hit game is started. After that, after the small hitting game ends at the timing of t38, when the predetermined waiting time elapses, if any symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is suspended, by the above-mentioned procedure, The special figure 2 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is started at the timing of t39, and subsequently the special figure 1 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed at the timing of t40. Be started. The symbol fluctuation display of special figure 2 started here is a long fluctuation of 500 seconds, and the symbol fluctuation display of special figure 1 is a shortened fluctuation of 2.5 seconds.

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t41 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also abandoned at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t41), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, at the timing of t42 after the symbol display time of special figure 1 has passed, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hitting game ends at the timing of t43, if any symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is suspended, by the above-mentioned procedure, The special figure 2 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is started at the timing of t44, and subsequently the special figure 1 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed at the timing of t45. Be started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 450 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a normal variation variation of 15 seconds (reachable loss).

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t46 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also abandoned at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t46), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, at the timing of t47 after the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has passed, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game ends at the timing of t48, if any of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is held, by the above-mentioned procedure, The special figure 2 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is started at the timing of t49, and subsequently the special figure 1 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed at the timing of t50. Be started. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 490 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (miss without reach).

After that, similarly, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t51 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also abandoned at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t51), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t52 comes, the small hit game is started.

In the present embodiment, in the battle mode and the challenge mode, the variation time of the symbol variation of the special figure 1 is determined regardless of the number of holdings, and the transition from the battle mode to the small hit rush is made smooth. The variable time may be set according to the number of reservations.

Fig.22 (a) has shown the operation|movement of each symbol display device at the time of shifting to a small hit rush from a battle mode in the conventional game table.

The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a game playability such that when the player loses the electric power support in the battle mode, the game shifts to a small hit rush which is a more advantageous game state for the player. In this case, in the conventional pachinko machine of the simultaneous variation machine, although the game state may have transitioned from the battle mode to the small hit rush, the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 fluctuate forever (long time such as 10 minutes). The result of the display is not displayed, and there is no advantage to the player during this period, so it is disadvantageous to the player, or until the result of the variable display is displayed, the game ball is launched. When the so-called stop hitting is carried out, the operation of the pachinko machine may be reduced and the gaming shop side may be disadvantaged. Hereinafter, the principle will be described with reference to FIG.

In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the specifications are small hits other than the big hit, whereas the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 22(a) does not result in a big hit or a small hit, at least with regard to FIG. In some cases, the specifications are such that the loss is displayed. Specifically, in the battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state), symbol variation display is displayed in both special figure 1 and special figure 2, and the game state is the battle mode. It is in a state. Therefore, the symbol fluctuation of the special symbol 1 is easier to display the symbol fluctuation display result than the symbol fluctuation of the special symbol 2. In the example shown in FIG. 22(a), when the 51st variation game of Toku-zu 1 is started, the electric power support is disengaged and the small hit rush starts. According to the conventional pachinko machine, when the predetermined time (for example, 2.5 seconds) elapses after the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is started and the timing of t61 is reached, the special figure 1 is discontinued and the symbol is displayed. In the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is not discarded, and the symbol variable display is continuously performed. The symbol variation display of this special figure 1 is the variation game of the special figure 1 of the 49th time. After that, when the predetermined time (for example, 500 seconds) elapses after the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is started and the timing of t62 comes, the special figure 2 is discontinued and displayed as a symbol. In the example shown in FIG. 22(a), the special map 2 is stopped and displayed with the off pattern while the special map 1 is stopped and displayed, but the special map 2 is stopped and displayed with the off pattern. There is also a case where the symbol variable display is displayed.

Then, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and comes to the timing of t63, one symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 that has been held is exhausted to change the symbol of the special figure 1. The display starts. The symbol variation display of this special figure 1 is the variation game of the 50th special figure 1, and is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (miss without reach). After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses and the timing of t64 is reached, one symbol variation display of special figure 2 that has been held is exhausted and the symbol variation of special figure 2 is changed. The display starts. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 480 seconds.

After that, when the predetermined time elapses from the time when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started and the timing of t65 comes, the special figure 1 is discontinued and displayed as a stopped symbol, but in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is not discarded and the symbol is changed. The variable display is continuously displayed. At the timing of t66 after the symbol display time of special figure 1 has elapsed, one of the pending symbol variation display of special figure 1 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 1 is the variation game of the special figure 1 of the 51st time, and is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (miss without reach). Here, since the 51st variation game of Toku-zu 1 has started since the battle mode was started, at this timing the electric support state is shifted to the non-electric support state. That is, with the start of the 51st variation game of Toku-zu 1, the game state shifts from the battle mode to the small hit rush. In the simultaneous variation machine, since the gaming state shifts upon the start of the variation game, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 when the gaming state shifts is the variation time that can be selected during the electric support. After that, when the predetermined time elapses from the time when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started and the timing of t67 comes, the special figure 1 is disengaged and is stopped and displayed, but in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is still continued. .. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t68 comes, one of the pending symbol variable displays of the special figure 1 is exhausted and the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is started. The variation time of Toku-zu 1 selected at this time is the variation time that can be selected in the small hit rush, and thus is a long variation of 450 to 500 seconds. The variation time of the symbol variation of special figure 1 started at the timing of t68 is a long variation of 450 seconds. As a result, there arises a problem that the display result of any special figure is not displayed until the variation time of one of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 elapses. In this way, in the conventional pachinko machine specifications, the game state from the battle mode to the small hit rush is not smoothly performed, not only the player is bored but also the operation rate of the pachinko machine is lowered, and May lead to a decrease in sales.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the special support 2 in the variable display is quickly stopped and displayed when the electric support is lost and the small hit rush is performed in the battle mode, The game state can be smoothly changed, and as a result, the player is not disadvantaged or there is no need to stop the game, so that it is possible to suppress a decrease in the operating rate of the pachinko machine 100 and contribute to sales. Sometimes you can. Hereinafter, the principle will be described with reference to FIG.

In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22B, with respect to the special figure 1, all the results of the small hit are displayed when the big hit is not generated. Therefore, when the big hit or the small hit is displayed in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 which is being changed and displayed is abandoned and stopped and displayed as a deviating symbol. Specifically, in the battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability), symbol variation display is performed in both special figure 1 and special figure 2, and the game state is the battle mode, so the electric support state Is. Therefore, the symbol fluctuation of the special symbol 1 is easier to display the symbol fluctuation display result than the symbol fluctuation of the special symbol 2. Note that, also in the example shown in FIG. 22(b), when the 51st variation game of Toku-zu 1 is started, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush is performed. First, when a predetermined time (for example, 2.5 seconds) elapses after the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is started and the timing of t71 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being variably displayed is abandoned at the timing of t71, and the outlier symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t72 comes, the small hit game is started. In the small hit game related to the small hit of this special diagram 1, as described above, since the first variable winning port 234 operates in such a manner that the game ball is difficult to enter, the entry of the game ball can hardly be expected. In addition, in the special figure 2, the start of the symbol variation display is reserved while the small hit game of the special figure 1 is being executed. After that, when the predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is finished at the timing of t73, the special figure 2 state update processing is executed first by the above-mentioned procedure, and the timing of t74. At the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started, subsequently, the special figure 1 state update processing is executed, and the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t75. The symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long fluctuation of 480 seconds, and the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened fluctuation of 2.5 seconds (miss without reach), which is the 50th fluctuation game.

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t76 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also abandoned at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t76), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t77 comes, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game ends at the timing of t78, if any of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is held, by the above-mentioned procedure, The special figure 2 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is started at the timing of t79, and subsequently the special figure 1 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed at the timing of t80. Be started. The symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long fluctuation of 500 seconds, and the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened fluctuation of 2.5 seconds (miss without reach). Further, the symbol variation display of this special map 1 is the variation game of the special map 1 of the 51st time since the battle mode was started, and therefore, at the timing of t80, it shifts from the electric support state to the non-electric support state. That is, with the start of the 51st variation game of Toku-zu 1, the game state shifts from the battle mode to the small hit rush.

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t81 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 2 which is being changed and displayed is also abandoned at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 1 (that is, the timing of t81), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t82 comes, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 1 is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hitting game ends at the timing of t83, if any of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is held, by the above-mentioned procedure, The special figure 2 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is started at the timing of t84, and subsequently the special figure 1 state update processing is executed and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is performed at the timing of t85. Be started. The symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 started here is, for example, a small hit shortening fluctuation of 8.5 seconds as the fluctuation time that can be selected in the small hit rush, and the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 is 500 seconds long. It is fluctuating. As described above, in the present embodiment, after the shift to the small hit rush, in the first symbol fluctuation display, the special hit 1 is shortened and the small hit symbol is stopped. Therefore, the variation game of the long variation of special figure 2 is abandoned and the symbol is stopped, and after the small hit game ends, the variation time that can be promptly selected in the small hit rush for special figure 2 (that is, shortened). The fluctuation time of the long fluctuation is selected for the special figure 1. That is, since the result of symbol variation display is easier to be displayed in the special figure 2 than in the special figure 1, it may be possible to smoothly shift the game state.

After that, at the timing of t86 after the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has passed, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special symbol 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the symbol stop display timing of the special symbol 2 (that is, the timing of t86), and the off symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t87 comes, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is started. As described above, in the small hit game in which the special figure 2 shifts to the small hit, the second variable winning opening 235 is opened for a short time 12 times at the maximum, and the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is opened. When the rolling game balls fall, it is easy to enter the second variable winning port 235, and a large number of prize balls may be paid out. Therefore, the small hit of the special map 2 is a small hit that can expect a lot of prize balls to be paid out.

After that, when the predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is finished at the timing of t88, the special map 2 state update processing is executed first and the timing of t89 is performed as described above. The symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is started, and subsequently, the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t90. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a deviation shortening variation of 5.5 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a long variation of 500 seconds. After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t91 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed with the off symbol. At this time, the variable display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t92 comes, one of the pending symbol variable displays of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is started. On the other hand, the variable display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed.

In the present embodiment, in the case where the first symbol variation display at the time of shifting to the small hit rush is a symbol variation display that is a big hit, for example, a specific display such as "waiting for a big hit" is performed and the player In advance, the notification mode may be different between the normal big hit and the probability variation big hit.

Next, a specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 23 is a diagram showing, in stages, an example of an effect centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine of the present embodiment.

FIG. 23 shows a decorative pattern display device 208. The first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the normal symbol display device 210, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218, the special figure 2 holding lamp 220, and the general figure holding lamp 216 are not shown. ing.

On the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 23A, a combination of decorative patterns “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7” is stopped and displayed. The background here is not displayed, but a default background image described later is displayed. Also in the following description, when the background is not displayed, the default background image is displayed unless otherwise specified. Note that various background images different from the default background image (for example, a background image according to the mode) may be displayed. Further, a mini symbol is displayed on the upper left of the display area, and a variable display and a stop display are performed in accordance with the large decorative symbol displayed in the center of the display screen.

The decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 in the upper right corner. The fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 is an area for notifying whether or not the symbol is changing (or the symbol is being stopped) and also for notifying the number of holdings, and the holding of the special figure 1 is on the upper left of the display area. The number display area is provided, and the reserved number display area of special figure 2 is provided at the lower left. Further, in the upper right of the display area, the symbol variation notification area of special figure 1 is provided, and in the lower right, the symbol variation notification area of special figure 2 is provided. It should be noted that a symbol variation notification area of the universal figure and a reserved number display area of the universal figure may be further provided. The numerical value shown in the reserved number display area of the special figure 1 is matched with the reserved number shown by the special figure 1 hold lamp 218, and the numerical value shown in the reserved number display area of the special figure 2 is the special figure 2 hold lamp 220. It is consistent with the number of holdings indicated by. Further, in the symbol fluctuation notification area of the special figure 1, while the symbol of the special figure 1 is stopped, depending on the result, for example, a big hit is displayed as "○" and a small hit is "△". Is stopped and displayed, and if it is out, it is stopped and displayed with "x". In addition, during the symbol variation display of special figure 1, the display of "-" blinks, and it may be possible to recognize that the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is being performed. The display in the symbol changing display area of the special figure 2 is similar to the display in the symbol changing display area of the special figure 1, and this is a display mode corresponding to the symbol changing display and the stop display of the special figure 2. Changes. By changing the display mode, lighting mode, blink mode of the fourth symbol, or by changing the display mode of the numerical value displayed in the number-of-holds display area, a pre-reading notice or a notice regarding the symbol variation display being executed is given. You can go.

Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 23 is a normal game state (special figure low probability general figure low probability state). The decorative symbol display device 208 in the normal game state is provided with a hold icon display area 281 of special figure 1 on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 in the normal game state, although the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 is omitted, the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. The number of holdings of special figure 1 is represented by the number of holding icons of special figure 1 as well as the number of lights of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and the number displayed in the holding number display area of special figure 1. The number of reservations is represented by the number of lights of the special figure 2 reservation lamp 220 and the numerical value shown in the reservation number display area of special figure 2. In addition, you may make it represented also by the number of hold icons of special figure 2. That is, the hold icon corresponds to the start information stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. Hereinafter, the hold icon corresponding to the oldest start information (oldest prize) may be referred to as a first hold icon, the hold icon corresponding to the second oldest start information may be referred to as a second hold icon,.... In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icons are displayed side by side, and the hold icons on the right side are the hold icons with older prizes.

In FIG. 23A, the two hold icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and these two hold icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 are both displayed. , Is displayed in a default display mode (a circular unpatterned and white display mode). That is, the default hold icon in Tokushu 1 is a round hold icon. In addition, in FIG. 23A, in order to make it easy to understand that the four hold icons are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icons that are not actually displayed are also shown by dotted lines. ..

On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of special figure 2. As described above, since the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 23 is the normal game state (special figure low probability general figure low probability state), the variable display time of special figure 2 is almost always ( This is because if it is out of the way, if it is a small hit), it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds), and winning into the special figure 2 starting port 232 does not make much sense.

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, depending on the control state (game state), the hold icon display area of the special drawing which is easier to display the display result in the special drawings 1 and 2 is displayed. That is, in the present embodiment, when the control state is the normal game state or the electric support state (special figure low probability general figure high probability state), the display result of special figure 1 is easily displayed as described above. As shown in FIG. 23A, when the hold icon display area 281 of the special map 1 is displayed in the effect display area 208d and the control state is the probable change state (special figure high probability general figure low probability state). On the contrary, the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed.

Although not shown here, the default display mode of the hold icon of Toku-zu 1 and the default display mode of the hold icon of Toku-zu 2 may be the same or may be different display modes. ..

In the present embodiment, the start of the variable display of the special symbol is performed in the order of the change start on the special symbol display device→the start of the variable display of the fourth symbol→the start or deletion of the hold icon moving animation→the start of the variation of the decorative symbol. However, this order may be changed.

In FIG. 23(b), the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 is started, the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and the variation display of the fourth symbol and the mini symbol is further performed, No changes have been made to the hold icons and decorative designs.

In FIG. 23(c), the moving animation of the hold icons h11 and h12 of Toku-zu 1 has started. The movement animation here is such that the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the subject of this pattern change) starts moving toward the change icon display area 280, and the second hold The hold icon located at the display position of the icon h12 starts moving toward the display position of the first hold icon h11 of the special figure 1. At this stage, the variable display of the decorative pattern is not started.

In FIG. 23D, the moving animation continues, and in FIG. 23E, the hold icon that was the first hold icon h11 before the start of change reaches the change icon display area 280 and is displayed as the change icon h0. At the same time, the hold icon that was the second hold icon h12 before the start of variation has reached the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The variable display of decorative patterns has not started. At the time when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, the hold icon which was the first hold icon h11 until then may be viewed as the change icon h0, or the second hold icon until then. The hold icon that was h12 may be viewed as the first hold icon h11.

Then, the variable display of the decorative design is started in FIG.

On the decorative pattern display device 208 in which the variable display of the decorative pattern is started, as shown in FIG. 23(g), an operation promotion notification image 136P that prompts the production button 136 to be pressed within the valid period is displayed. In the operation promotion notification image 136P, an image 136P1 of the effect button 136 and a remaining time display bar 136P2 indicating the remaining time of the effective period are displayed on the right side of the character image of the hero. The variable display of the decorative symbol is hidden by the operation promotion notification image 136P, but the player can recognize that the special symbol is changing due to the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 or the like. .. Note that the display position of the decorative pattern may be moved to a position that does not overlap the operation promotion notification image 136P so that the decorative pattern is not hidden.

In the remaining time display bar 136P2 shown in FIG. 23(h), the valid period has decreased, and in FIG. 23(i), the player has pressed the effect button 136. When the effect button 136 is pressed within the valid period, as shown in (j) of the figure, the reachable state entry notice image 2071 is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208 instead of the operation promotion notification image 136P. .. In the reach state entry notice image 2071, the character display "Chance is!" is displayed on the right side of the character image of the main character.

In FIG. 23(k), the reach state advance notice image 2071 disappears, and the variable display of the decorative pattern becomes visible, and thereafter, the reach state is entered as shown in FIG. Even if the reach state entry notice image 2071 is displayed, the reach state may not be entered in some cases, but it is also possible to always enter.

As described above, the appearance of the operation promotion notification image 136P corresponds to a presentation that triggers a notice regarding the currently displayed symbol variation display.

In FIG. 23(m), the background image is switched from the default background image to non-display, and the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 disappear. The fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 is displayed. Further, the variable display of the decorative symbols, which has been performed in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c so far, is moved to the lower right corner and displayed in a reduced size, and in FIG. 23(n). , SP (Special) Reach (Swordsman Reach) has been developed. An image of an enemy swordsman is displayed in large size on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 23(n), and in the subsequent decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 23(o), a duel between the main character and the enemy swordsman. An animation of the scene is displayed.

The reach state entry notice image 2071 is not limited to a notice of entering the reach state, and may be a notice of development to SP reach.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 23 step by step.

In FIG. 24(p) continuing from FIG. 23(o), the animation of the duel scene continues, and this animation continues until FIG. 24(s). In FIG. 24(s), the main character wins over the enemy swordsman, and in FIG. 24(t), all are temporarily hidden except for the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 and the mini symbol. Instead of non-display, a background image different from the conventional one may be displayed. Alternatively, in this scene, a display of setting suggestion may be displayed. Eventually, as shown in (u) of the figure, the fluctuation fluctuation of the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is displayed. The background here may be a non-displayed background image or a background image different from the past. Further, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 remains off, and only the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 and the mini symbol are displayed. It should be noted that the mini-symbols are continuously variably displayed for all the symbols until the symbols are fixedly displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 24(v), the decorative pattern starts to display the variable display again with the display of the characters "re-lottery!!", and the re-lottery effect is performed. In this re-lottery production, a combination of an odd number of decorative symbols that is determined to be a big hit and shifts to a battle mode that is advantageous to the player after the big hit game is over, or a small advantage that is more advantageous than the battle mode after the big hit game is over. The combination of the large decorative patterns such as "decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3" and "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7", which are combinations of the decorative patterns that are determined to shift to the hit rush, is finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 24( w ), the combination of the decorative patterns is a combination of the big hits of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4” and the definite change big hit of “decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1” is confirmed. It is shown that a combination of decorative patterns indicating that is displayed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 24(x), a combination of decorative symbols of 5R probability variation big hit confirmation of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is stopped and displayed. In addition, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 24(x) is stopped and displayed as “◯”, and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of “111”. In FIG. 24(x), the background is hidden, but in reality, a background image different from the default is displayed. Eventually, in FIG. 24(y), as a big hit game start effect, a character image of "battle chance big hit" is displayed together with a background image (omitted here) celebrating the big hit, and a character of "right hit!" is displayed. I'm pushing for a right hit. In the big hit game start effect shown in FIG. 24(y), a display including setting suggestions may be displayed. In this case, only when a big hit that satisfies some condition (for example, only when the first big hit after the power is turned on and only when a big hit of 5 consecutive chans or more occurs, among the plurality of big hits with different payouts) The display including the setting suggestion may be displayed only in the big hit with the largest number of balls (for example, only when the big hit is 10R).

On the other hand, on the other hand, as a result of the re-lottery effect shown in FIG. 24(v), for example, as shown in FIG. 24(w′) to FIG. 24(y′), the combination of the re-lottery and the decorative pattern does not change. As shown in (y') of the figure, there is a case where a character display of "challenge jackpot" indicating the possibility of shifting to the challenge mode after the jackpot game is finished. That is, there may be a case where the re-lottery has failed. However, in the present embodiment, as will be described later, for example, even when the stop display is not performed with the combination of the decorative patterns indicating that the probability variation big hit is confirmed, it is possible to give an expectation to the promotion effect in the big hit effect, for example. Therefore, it may be possible for the player to maintain a sense of expectation.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing, step by step, another example of the effect following the effect shown in FIG.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 25(r'), the character of the lord may be defeated and the decorative design may fluctuate due to a combination of "decoration 4-decoration 3-decoration 4". In this case, thereafter, as shown in FIG. 25(s'), after the SP reach effect is changed to the default background image, the result (small hit) of the variable display of special figure 1 is displayed, and thereafter, the small display. The winning game is started.

FIG. 26(w″) to FIG. 26(α″) are diagrams showing stepwise another production example following the production shown in FIG. 24(v).

Further, as shown in FIG. 26(W″), as a result of the re-lottery effect shown in FIG. 24(v), the combination of decorative designs is a combination of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4” which is a big hit. There may be a case where a combination of decorative patterns showing that the probability variation super jackpot of “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is confirmed is displayed.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 26(x″), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a combination of decorative symbols of “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” of 10R probability variation super jackpot is stopped and displayed. The fourth symbol in FIG. 1 is stopped and displayed with “◯”, and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of “777”. In FIG. 26(y″), as a big hit game start effect, a character image of “big chance big hit” is displayed together with a background image (omitted here) for celebrating the big hit, and the word “right hit!” is displayed. It is displayed to encourage right-handing. In addition, in the big hit game start effect shown in FIG. 26(y″), a display including a setting suggestion may be displayed.

After that, the jackpot game is started, and in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 26(z″), the effect indicating that the jackpot game for the 10R probability variation super jackpot in the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started is produced. Be started. FIG. 26(z″) shows that the big hit game is started and the state shifts to the first round. At the time of shifting to the first round, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a teacher Machiko on the slightly left side of the center of the display screen. The characters "Super Lucky!" are displayed together with the character MCK of "," to congratulate you on the probability of a super-hit jackpot, and to give you a sense of expectation for winning a large number of coins. Then, the number of hits from the first big hit (including small hits; sometimes referred to as "continuous chan number display") is displayed in the lower left corner of the display screen, and the big hit decoration at the time of a big hit is displayed in the upper left corner. The symbol "decoration 7" is displayed. In addition, the current round number "1R" is displayed as the round number display in the upper center part of the display screen. In addition, the total number of winning prize balls from the first big hit is displayed at the lower right of the display screen, and this number is appropriately added (counted up) to the number of winning balls won in the big hit and the small hit. At the timing shown in FIG. 26 (z″), “40 pt” indicating that four game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 and a total of 40 prize balls have been acquired from the start of the first jackpot is displayed. Has been done. The number of prize balls obtained in the big hit game or the small hit game may be added after the big hit game or the small hit game is finished. Further, in the present embodiment, the number of prize balls generated by winning a prize in the variable winning port (first variable winning port 234, second variable winning port 235) is added, but to other winning ports. You may also add the number of prize balls obtained by winning, for example, by further adding the number of prize balls obtained by winning a specific general winning opening that can be won by right-handed You may

FIG. 26 (α″) shows that the big hit end effect is being performed after the tenth round has ended. Note that the example shown in FIG. 26(α″) shows a state in which an effect in which it is determined that the small hit rush is to be performed is being performed. When the big hit end production starts, the character "small hit rush rush!" is displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and it is notified that the small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state) is entered. .. Further, in the lower right part of the display screen, a state is shown in which 1000 prize balls obtained in the big hit game this time are displayed as the total number of acquired prize balls. In addition, the display showing the total number of winning prize balls is displayed in the same manner as when shifting to the small hit rush even when shifting to the challenge mode or the battle mode. When moving to the challenge mode, the total number of awarded balls is continuously displayed until the electric support is removed (the challenge mode ends), but in the case of a normal jackpot, the total number of awarded balls is won. May not be displayed.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the mode of the re-lottery effect is one type, but there are a plurality of types of modes, and the degree of change in the combination of the jackpot decorative patterns before and after the re-lottery depends on the mode of the re-lottery effect performed. It may be changed, for example, re-lottery production in a mode involving movement of a role product> re-lottery production by symbol variation display by frame advance> re-lottery production by high-speed variation> re-lottery production by slow variation The degree of expectation that the combination of the decorative patterns of the big hits may change before and after the lottery may be set high. The order and mode of the degree of expectation are not limited to those described above, and can be set as appropriate.

FIG. 26(a) to FIG. 26(d) are diagrams showing stepwise an example of the effect in the big hit game centering on the decorative symbol display device. 26A to 26D, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, and the special symbol 1 hold. Illustration of the lamp 218, the special figure 2 holding lamp 220, and the universal figure holding lamp 216 is omitted.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 26(a), the 5R probability variation jackpot in the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 (on the production, it is a challenge jackpot in which it is difficult to determine whether it is a normal jackpot or a probability variation jackpot). It is shown that it has moved to the first round after it became. When the process moves to the first round, the decoration pattern display device 208 displays the character "Congratulations!" together with the character MCK of Ms. Machiko on the left side of the center of the display screen, celebrating the big hit. Then, the number of hits from the first big hit (including small hits; sometimes referred to as "continuous chan number display") is displayed in the lower left corner of the display screen, and the big hit decoration at the time of a big hit is displayed in the upper left corner. The symbol "decoration 4" is displayed. In addition, the current round number "1R" is displayed as the round number display in the upper center part of the display screen. In addition, below the display of the number of rounds, for example, a display for informing the number of prize balls obtained in the big hit game of this time and the number of prize balls expected to be obtained in the big hit game of this time (for example, “24/300 get!”). Display) may be displayed. Further, the total number of prize balls obtained from the first big hit is displayed at the lower right of the display screen, and the number is increased (counted up) by the number of prize balls obtained in the big hit and the small hit. At the timing shown in FIG. 26(a), since four game balls have entered the first variable winning port 234 after the first big hit of this time has started, the number of prize balls of 24 balls has been obtained. "24pt" is displayed. It should be noted that the total number of winning prize balls may be updated after the winning game (big hitting game, small hitting game) is finished, and the total number of winning prize balls obtained in the hitting game may be collectively added. In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of prize balls generated by winning the variable winning openings (first variable winning opening 234, second variable winning opening 235) is added, but to other winning openings. You may also add the number of prize balls obtained by winning, for example, by further adding the number of prize balls obtained by winning a specific general winning opening that can be won by right-handed You may

FIG. 26B shows a state where the game of the third round is being played. In the present embodiment, the jackpot is the combination of the jackpot patterns of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4", which makes it difficult for the player to recognize whether it is a probability variation jackpot or a normal jackpot. Therefore, in the third round, promotion production for notifying whether or not the big hit is a probability variation big hit is performed. When the promotion effect is started, the character "promotion chance!" is displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, so as to give the player a sense of expectation that the probability will be a big hit. The promotion effect may not be performed, the promotion effect may or may not be performed, and the promotion effect may be necessarily performed. In the present embodiment, when it is decided that the probability variation big hit is determined by the combination of the decorative patterns at the time of big hit, the promotion effect is not performed, but the promotion effect may be performed, in this case , Setting suggestion may be included.

After that, as shown in FIG. 26C, it is shown that the result of the promotion effect is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 26(c), it is shown that the promotion effect has been successful, and the characters “promotion!” and “Next battle mode entry” are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and this time. It is reported that the jackpot of is a probability variation jackpot. On the other hand, when the promotion effect is unsuccessful, for example, when the current big hit is a normal big hit, the character "sorry..." is displayed as shown in FIG. 26(c'). It should be noted that, if the promotion effect fails, it may be possible to notify that it is a normal big hit, or if it is a probability variation big hit, expect another promotion effect (for example, reversal effect at ending). It may be so arranged that it is not clarified whether or not it is a probability variation big hit. At the timing shown in FIG. 26(c), it is shown that in the third round, 28 game balls have entered the first variable winning port 234 and 168 award balls have been won. There is.

FIG. 26D shows a state in which the fifth round ends and the big hit end effect is being performed. Note that the example shown in FIG. 26D shows a state in which an effect that is determined to be a probability variation big hit is being performed. When the jackpot end effect is started, the characters "Battle mode plunge!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and it is notified that the battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state) is entered. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 26D, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "300 pt", and 300 prize balls are won in this big hit game. It has been reported that you have done it. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is a normal big hit, as shown in FIG. 26(d'), the characters "big hit end" and "challenge mode rush!" are displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. Is displayed to notify that the mode is to be changed to the challenge mode (special probability low probability general figure high probability state). In addition, the display showing the total number of award balls acquired is counted up in the same manner as when shifting to the battle mode even when the mode is changed to the challenge mode, and the display of the total number of award balls acquired after the count-up is It is continuously displayed until the challenge mode ends, but in the case of a normal big hit, the total number of won prize balls may not be displayed.

It should be noted that it is possible to change the degree of expectation of success in promotion production during a big hit game by changing the combination of decorative designs of big hits when it becomes a big hit, for example, big hits in odd designs> big hits in even designs. You may make it easy to succeed in promotion production.

Next, effects in the challenge mode will be described with reference to FIG. Here, FIG. 27 is a diagram showing stepwise an example of the effect in the challenge mode centering on the decorative symbol display device. 27, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, the special symbol 1 holding lamp 218, the special symbol 2 holding lamp 220. , And the universal figure holding lamp 216 are omitted.

FIG. 27(a) shows that the big hit game relating to the first big hit is finished and the mode is shifted to the challenge mode (special figure low probability general figure high probability state). In addition, as described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a simultaneous variation machine capable of simultaneously displaying the symbol variation display in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, so when the big hit game ends, the special figure Both the symbol variation display of 1 and the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 2 will start substantially at the same time. Then, in the challenge mode, similarly to the normal gaming state, the variable display of the decorative symbols is performed in accordance with the symbol variable display of the special diagram 1.

On the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 27A, "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4", which is a combination of jackpot decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed. In addition, the characters "in challenge mode" are displayed above the decorative pattern to notify that the challenge mode is in progress. Further, in the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208, a fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 is provided. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. Also, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is stopped and displayed as "444", and below that, the number of hits (big hits, small hits) and the total number of winning prize balls from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 27(a), the character "1st time" indicating that the number of hits is 1 time is displayed, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of awarded balls is 300. Is displayed. In the lower right part of the display screen, the number of times of variable display of the special figure 1 in which the challenge mode is maintained is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 27(a), the character "50 more" is displayed as the remaining number of fluctuations indicating that the challenge mode ends when the special display 1 is displayed 50 times. There is.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 27 is a challenge mode (special figure low probability general figure high probability state). The decorative symbol display device 208 in this challenge mode is provided with a hold icon display area 281 of special figure 1 on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In the decorative pattern display device 208 in the challenge mode, the pending icon display area of the special figure 2 is omitted, but the reserved icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 27A, the four hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and all of the four hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 are displayed. , Is displayed in a default display mode (a circular unpatterned and white display mode). That is, the default hold icon in Tokushu 1 is a round hold icon.

On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of special figure 2. This is because the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 27 is the challenge mode (special figure low probability general figure high probability state) as described above, so the variation display time of special figure 2 is almost always (deviated). This is because, in the case of being a small hit, if it is a small hit), it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds), and winning the prize at the special figure 2 starting port 232 does not make much sense.

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, depending on the control state (game state), the hold icon display area of the special drawing which is easier to display the display result in the special drawings 1 and 2 is displayed. That is, in the present embodiment, when the control state is the normal game state, the challenge mode (special figure low probability general figure high probability state) and the battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state), as described above. Since the display result of the special figure 1 is easily displayed, the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is displayed in the effect display area 208d as shown in FIG. On the contrary, in the case of the high probability probability figure low probability state), the reserved icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed.

Although not shown here, the default display mode of the hold icon in the special figure 1 and the default display mode of the hold icon in the special figure 2 may be the same or different.

In the present embodiment, the start of the variable display of the special symbol is performed in the order of the change start on the special symbol display device→the start of the variable display of the fourth symbol→the start or deletion of the hold icon moving animation→the start of the variation of the decorative symbol. However, this order may be changed.

Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 27B shows a state in which the jackpot game is over and the first symbol variation display of each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 has also started variable display. The display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested hold icon h11, but may be different. Further, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations is also changed from "50 more times" to "49 more times".

In FIG. 27(c), after the jackpot game is over, the first variation of the special symbols 1 and 2 is changed to display the variable display state. As shown in FIG. 27(c), in the present embodiment, during the challenge mode, the variation time of the special figure 1 is shorter than the variation time of the special figure 2, and in the special figure 1, all are small hits except for the big hit. Therefore, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "541". In addition, in this effect example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 27(b) and the timing shown in FIG. 27(c), and the special figure 1 Is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 will be started.

In FIG. 27(d), it is shown that the jackpot game is finished and the second symbol variation display of each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". Further, the variable symbols also start the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2. Also, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations has changed from "49 more" to "48 more". Further, as shown in FIG. 27(d), in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, a character GLG, which is a smoked cigarette, appears together with the characters "high setting!" There may be a display indicating that there is. In the present embodiment, in the case of the high setting (for example, the settings 4 to 6), the Gol grandpa character GLG may appear and suggest that the high setting is set. In addition, in this embodiment, although it suggests that it is the setting 4-6, any suggesting setting may be sufficient, for example, it may suggest that it is the setting 6, and setting 2 is. It may be that it is 6 (denying setting 1).

In FIG. 27(e), after the jackpot game is over, the state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 for the second time is finished is shown. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, and the variable display of the special figure 2 is discarded and the outlier symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 8-decoration 7”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "487". In this example of performance, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 27(d) and the timing shown in FIG. 27(e), and the special figure 1 Is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 will be started.

After that, the challenge mode is continuously performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 27(f), the state in which the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 for the 49th time after the end of the big hit game is finished is shown. .. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, and the variable display of the special figure 2 is discarded and the outlier symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". At the timing shown in FIG. 27(f), the special figure 1 has a hold of "4" and the special figure 2 has a hold of "4". Therefore, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the special figure It is displayed that the number of reservations of 1 and special figure 2 are "4", respectively. Further, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 will be started.

In FIG. 27(g), it is shown that the big hit game is over and the 50th symbol variation display of each of the special maps 1 and 2 is started. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "3". Further, the variable symbols also start the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2. Further, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations is also changed from "1 more time" to "last", which indicates that it is the last symbol fluctuation display in the challenge mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 27(h), it shows a state when the last symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in the challenge mode is finished. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, and the variable display of the special figure 2 is discarded and the outlier symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, the display of "during challenge mode" displayed above the decorative pattern is changed to the display of "end of challenge mode" to notify that the challenge mode is finished. Then, after that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of the special figure 1 will be started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 27(i), when the small hit game is finished and the big hit game is finished and the symbol variation display of the special drawing 1 of the 51st time is started, the challenge mode is finished and the normal game is finished. It shifts to the state (special probability low probability general figure low probability state). As described above, the variation time of the special figure 1 and the variation time of the special figure 2 at the time of shifting from the challenge mode to the normal game state are the variation times that can be selected in the challenge mode, so the special figure 1 is shortened variation, Special map 2 shows long fluctuations. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h11 to h13 of special map 1 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "2", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". Further, the variable symbols also start the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2. In addition, the display of "End of challenge mode" displayed above the decorative pattern changes to the display of "Please return to left-handed", and the right-handed display is also erased, and the player is informed of left-handed driving. doing.

After that, when the variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 27(j), the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is finished and the small hit symbol is displayed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is displayed. Abandoned patterns are displayed after being discarded. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative symbols that are out of “decoration 3-decoration 5-decoration 8” according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1, and the mini symbol is also displayed. In accordance with, the display is stopped at "358". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 will be started. In addition, the display of "Please return to the left" displayed above the decorative symbol continues until, for example, the symbol variation display (for example, 3 times) is started a predetermined number of times after the transition to the normal game state. Alternatively, it may be deleted when a specific winning port (for example, a game ball entering the special figure 1 starting port (fixed) 230 is detected.

Next, effects in the battle mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 28 to 32. Here, FIG. 28 is a diagram showing an example of effects in the battle mode centering on the decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 29 is another effect example in the battle mode centering on the decorative symbol display device. FIG. 30 is a diagram showing in stages, FIG. 30 is a diagram showing in stage how the continuous effect is performed in the battle mode, and FIG. 31 is showing in stage how the hold notice is given in the battle mode. FIG. 28 to 32, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, the special symbol 1 hold lamp 218, and the special symbol 2 The holding lamp 220 and the universal figure holding lamp 216 are not shown.

FIG. 28(a) shows an example of an effect that follows the effect shown in FIG. 26(d). In FIG. 28A, after that, the display of the number of rounds is erased, and an effect of shifting to the battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state) is performed.

FIG. 28B shows a state in which the big hit game relating to the first big hit is finished and the mode is changed to the battle mode. In the battle mode, the variable display of the decorative symbols is performed in accordance with the symbol variable display of the special diagram 1 as in the normal game state or the challenge mode.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(b), "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4", which is a combination of jackpot decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen. Further, in the center of the display screen, a state in which the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG are confronting each other is displayed, and the characters "Kill the swordsman!" are displayed as an explanation of the mission in the battle mode. ing. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman character KNG, which represents the remaining health of the swordsman. "1000" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge, and the initial value of the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is 1000, indicating that the physical strength is full at the timing shown in FIG. 28(b). ing. In the present embodiment, when the symbol variable display of Toku-zu 1 is performed, the character HDS of the lord attacks the swordsman character KNG and life may be reduced. It should be noted that an effect of decreasing the life may be always performed for each symbol variation display, or the life of the swordsman character KNG may not be decreased without performing any effect. That is, in the present embodiment, the life of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by executing the symbol variation display in the battle mode, and the mission is accomplished when the life finally becomes “0”. As will be described later, in the present embodiment, when the battle mode is transitioned to after the jackpot game is over, the symbol variable display of the special map 1 of the number of electric support defined by the jackpot pattern is executed after the jackpot game is over. By doing so, the mission is achieved, and as a result of the achievement of the mission, an effect of shifting to the small hit rush is performed. Further, in the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208, a fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 is provided. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. Also, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is stopped and displayed as "444", and below that, the number of hits (big hits, small hits) and the total number of winning prize balls from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 28( b ), the character “first time” indicating that the number of hits is one is displayed, and “300pt” indicating that the total number of awarded prize balls is 300. Is displayed.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 28 is a battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state). In the decorative symbol display device 208 in this battle mode, the hold icon display area 281 of special figure 1 is provided on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 in the battle mode, although the pending icon display area of the special figure 2 is omitted, the reserved icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 28(b), one hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and the one hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 has a default display mode ( It is displayed in a circular non-patterned and white display mode).

On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of special figure 2. As described above, since the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 28 is the battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state), the variable display time of special figure 2 is almost always (deviated). This is because, in the case of being a small hit, if it is a small hit), it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds), and winning the prize at the special figure 2 starting port 232 does not make much sense.

Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 28C shows a state in which the symbol variable display is started in each of special figure 1 and special figure 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon (the hold icon that is the target of the pattern change this time) at the display position of the first hold icon h11 is displayed. , Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 has also started variable display. Further, above the characters HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman, the character "in battle mode" indicating that the game state is the battle mode is displayed, and this is informed. The display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested hold icon h11, but may be different.

FIG. 28(d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. As shown in FIG. 28(d), in the present embodiment, during the battle mode, the variation time of the special figure 1 is shorter than the variation time of the special figure 2, and in the special figure 1, all the big hits are small hits. Therefore, when the small hitting symbol is displayed in the special map 1, the special symbol 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In addition, in this example of performance, three game balls enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 28(c) and the timing shown in FIG. There are three holds. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(d), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life gauge has decreased by 10 and the life value has decreased. That is, in the battle mode, the player is approaching the electric support missing and is approaching the transition to the small hit rush. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 will be started.

FIG. 28(e) shows that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of special figure 1 and special figure 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h11 to h13 of special map 1 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "2", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284.

In FIG. 28(f), the state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished is shown. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "541". In addition, in this effect example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 28(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(f), and the special figure 1 Is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(f), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 40 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

In FIG. 28(g), the state that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, as shown in FIG. 28(g), in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, a character GLG of a grandfather who smokes a cigarette appears together with the characters "high setting!" There may be a display indicating that there is. In the present embodiment, the high setting suggestion may be made even in the battle mode, but the high setting suggestion may not be made.

FIG. 28(h) shows a state in which the symbol variation display of special maps 1 and 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". In addition, in this example of performance, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 28(g) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(h), and the special figure 2 is held 3 times. It has become one. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(h), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life gauge is reduced by 100 and the life gauge is reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started. Then, when the small hit game ends, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started.

After that, the battle mode is continuously performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 28(i), the state in which the symbol variable display is performed in each of the special maps 1 and 2 is shown. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 1 is “4”. , The number of reservations of special figure 2 is "3". Further, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also performed in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. The life value indicating the remaining health of the swordsman is "360", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly.

After that, in FIG. 28(j), the decorative symbols of "decoration 4" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the big hit by the decorative pattern of "decoration 4" may fall into the challenge mode after the big hit game is over, as shown in FIG. The word "!!" is displayed, indicating that there is a possibility of falling from battle mode to challenge mode. 28(j) to the timing shown in FIG. 28(k), at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening 232, and the special figure 2 is fully reserved (4 pieces). ).

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 28(l), the character KNG of the swordsman is slashing at the character HDS of the lord, the character HDS of the lord is defeated, and the character "sorry!!" indicating that the mission has failed is displayed. While the effect is displayed, the decorative pattern of "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the swing fluctuation is started by the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4". At this time, the decorative pattern is reduced and displayed while moving to the lower right part. After that, as shown in FIG. 28(m), the decorative pattern moves to the center in an enlarged manner, and the swing fluctuation in the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is continued. Further, at this time, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is deleted, and the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive chan and the total number of won balls. Only displayed. It should be noted that the mini-symbols are continuously variably displayed for all the symbols until the symbols are fixedly displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 28(n), the display of the letters "re-lottery!!" and the decorative pattern starts to change and display again, and a combination of the jackpot decorative patterns advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 28( o ), the combination of the decorative patterns is determined from the combination of the big hits of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4” to the probability variation big hit of “decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1”. It is shown that a combination of decorative patterns indicating that is displayed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(p), the combination of decorative symbols for 5R probability variation big hit confirmation of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is stopped and displayed. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 28(p) is stopped and displayed with "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of "111". Eventually, in FIG. 28(q), as a big hit game start effect, a character image of "battle chance big hit" is displayed together with a background image (here omitted) celebrating the big hit. In addition, since the big hit this time is a big hit that occurred continuously through the battle mode from the first big hit, it is the second consecutive mark instead of the word "Please hit right!" Is displayed. On the other hand, on the other hand, as a result of the re-lottery effect shown in FIG. 28(n), as described above with reference to FIG. 24, for example, the combination of the re-lottery and the decorative symbol does not change, and the challenge is performed after the jackpot game is over. In some cases, the characters "Challenge jackpot" indicating the possibility of shifting to the mode are displayed. That is, there may be a case where the re-lottery has failed.

FIG. 29 shows an example of an effect that is performed following the end of the big hit game related to the big hit shown in FIG. 28(q). That is, FIG. 29(a) is an effect following the end of the big hit game relating to the big hit shown in FIG. 28(q), and in FIG. 29(a), the number of rounds display is thereafter erased and the mode is changed to the battle mode again. The production is done. At this time, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the character "second time" is updated as the number of consecutive chan from the first big hit in the lower left of the display screen, and the display of the total number of winning prize balls is also obtained in the big hit game. The number of prize balls (300 balls) is added and updated to "600pt" indicating that a total of 600 balls have been acquired.

FIG. 29(b) shows that the big hit game relating to the first big hit is finished and the battle mode is entered. In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(b), "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1", which is a combination of jackpot decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen. Further, in the center of the display screen, a state in which the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG are confronting each other is displayed, and the characters "Kill the swordsman!" are displayed as an explanation of the mission in the battle mode. ing. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman character KNG, and "300" is displayed above the life gauge as the remaining life value, and the initial value of the remaining health of the swordsman is 300, which is shown in FIG. 29(b). The timing shown indicates that the physical strength is full. In the present embodiment, the route (route B) in which the jackpot is switched to the battle mode in the electric power support state (challenge mode/battle mode) rather than the route (route A) in which the jackpot is switched to the battle mode in the normal game state. ) Is easier to get out of the electric support in the battle mode, and in the production of the mission, the initial life value is likely to be a small value, and the swordsman character KNG is likely to lose its physical strength. The production is performed so that Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29B, a fourth symbol/holding number display area 284 is provided in the upper right corner of the display screen. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. Also, in the upper left corner of the display screen, the mini symbol is stopped and displayed as "111", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of award balls won from the first big hit. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 29(b), the character "2nd time" indicating that the number of hits is 2 is displayed, and "600pt" indicating that the total number of awarded prize balls is 600. Is displayed. Further, since the game state shown in FIG. 29B is the battle mode, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 on the left side of the variable icon display area 280.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 29B, the four hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and these four hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 are Is also displayed in a default display mode (a circular unpatterned and white display mode). On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 29C shows a state in which the symbol variable display is started in each of Toku-zu 1 and Toku-zu 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 has also started variable display. Further, above the characters HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman, the character "in battle mode" indicating that the game state is the battle mode is displayed, and this is informed. The display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested hold icon h11, but may be different.

FIG. 29(d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. As shown in FIG. 29(d), during the battle mode, the variation time of Toku-zu 1 is shorter than the variation time of Toku-zu 2 and all but the big hit in Toku-zu 1 are small hits. When the small hit symbol is displayed in 1, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(d), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in accordance with the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life gauge has decreased by 10 and the life value has decreased. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 will be started.

In FIG. 29(e), the state that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variable display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h11 to h13 of special map 1 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "2", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284.

FIG. 29(f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "541". In addition, in this effect example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(f). Is reserved (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and there are three special figure 2 holds. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(f), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 50 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

In FIG. 29(g), the state that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variable display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284.

FIG. 29(h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". In addition, in this effect example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(g) and the timing shown in FIG. 29(h), and the special figure 2 is held 3 times. It has become one. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(h), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 40 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started. Then, when the small hit game ends, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started.

Thereafter, the battle mode is continuously performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 29(i), the state in which the symbol variable display is performed in each of the special maps 1 and 2 is shown. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 1 is “4”. , The number of reservations of special figure 2 is "3". Further, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also performed in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. The life value indicating the remaining health of the swordsman is "50", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. In the effect example shown in FIG. 29(i), in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, a character GLG of a Gol grandpa that smokes a cigarette appears together with the characters "high setting!" A display indicating that is displayed.

FIG. 29(j) shows a state in which the symbol variation display of special maps 1 and 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(j), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 40, the life value is reduced to 10, and the life gauge is reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

In FIG. 29(k), the state that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284.

FIG. 29(l) shows a state in which the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 5-decoration 1”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "451". In this example of performance, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(k) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(l). Is reserved (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and there are three special figure 2 holds. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(l), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life gauge is reduced by 5 and the remaining life value is reduced to 5, and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

In FIG. 29(m), the small hit game is finished, and the state where the symbol variation display is started in each of the special maps 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 29( m ), it is shown that the character “chance!” is displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. This suggests that the mission may be achieved by the disappearance of the symbol variation display, and there may be a shift to a small hit rush.

After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(n), the appearance of the lord's character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG is shown. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by 5, the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, as shown in FIG. 29( o ), it shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417". In this example of performance, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(n) and the timing shown in FIG. 29(o), and the special figure 1 The reservation is full (4), at least two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the special figure 2 is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(o), the character KNG of the swordsman is defeated, and the character HDS of the lord has decided the winning pose, and the character "I did it!" is displayed. Has been announced. That is, it can be said that the fact that the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 of the predetermined variable display number is executed in the battle mode causes the electric power support to be removed and the small hit rush to be performed. Further, it can be said that the character display of "chance!" in FIG.

In FIG. 29(p), the small hit game is finished, and the state where the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 29(p), when the symbol variation display of the number of times determined for each big hit symbol is started after the transition to the battle mode, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush from the battle mode (special figure height). Probability probability map low probability state). As described above, when the transition from the battle mode to the small hit rush is performed, the variation time of the special figure 1 and the variation time of the special figure 2 are the variation times that can be selected in the battle mode. Special map 2 shows long fluctuations. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, when the small hit rush is performed, the display result of the symbol variable display of the special symbol 2 is easier to be displayed than the symbol variable display of the special symbol 1, so the special symbol that has been displayed is displayed. The hold icon display area 281 of No. 1 is erased, and the hold icon display area 282 of special figure 2 is displayed. In the special figure 2 hold icon display area 282, three hold icons h21 to h23 are displayed, and all of them are displayed in the default display mode. It should be noted that the hold icon of the special figure 1 and the hold icon of the special figure 2 may have different display modes. Further, in the upper part of the display screen, the display of the characters "Small hit rush rush!" for notifying that the small hit rush has been made is displayed. The production in which the swordsman character KNG has been defeated and the lord's character HDS decides the winning pose continues. Further, the life gauge and the life value are also deleted, and the display position of the decorative pattern is also moved from the lower right portion to the lower left portion, and the variable display of the decorative pattern is performed in accordance with the variable display of special figure 2.

In FIG. 29(q), the state in which the symbol variation display of special maps 1 and 2 is finished is shown. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative symbols “decoration 5-decoration 1-decoration 4” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "514". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 29(q), the display of the character "Small hit rush rush!" is continuously displayed, and the swordsman character KNG is defeated, and the lord's character HDS wins. The production that decides the pose of continues. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started. As described above, in the present embodiment, in the first symbol variation display of the special diagrams 1 and 2 executed when the battle mode is shifted to the small hit rush, the symbol variation display according to the variation time that can be selected in the battle mode. Since the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are performed respectively, as a result, the special figure 1 displays the display result earlier than the special figure 2. Toku-zu 1 is a small hit except for a big hit, so long fluctuations of Toku-zu 2 are always discarded, so in the symbol fluctuation display of Toku-zu 2 of Toku-zu 1 that is started next, select in the small hit rush. Since the possible variation time (that is, the special figure 1 is an ultra-long variation and the special figure 2 is a shortened variation), a smooth transition of the game state may be realized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the electric support is lost in the battle mode, the game is shifted to the small hit rush which is more advantageous to the player than the battle mode. Then, the transition time of the special map may be shifted to the ultra-shortening variation mode which is shorter than the battle mode. As a result, the efficiency of extinguishing the variable display of symbols is improved, which may be advantageous to the player.

FIG. 30 shows an example of continuous notice in the battle mode. FIG. 30A shows a state in which the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is being performed in the battle mode. At the timing shown in FIG. 30A, the decorative symbol display device 208 variably displays the decorative symbol in the lower right portion of the display screen, and variably displays the mini symbol in the upper left corner. Further, the display of the number of consecutive chans displayed below the mini symbol is displayed as "1st time", and the display of the total number of acquired prize balls below that is displayed as "300pt". The life value of the swordsman character KNG is "780", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 30(a), since the special figure 1 is not held, the hold icon is not displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 30B shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In this effect example, three game balls enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(a) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(b). There are three holds. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(b), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 30 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(c) shows that the small hitting game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of Toku-zu 1 and Toku-zu 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h11 to h13 of special map 1 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "2", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 30C, the continuous notice has been started, and the characters “three consecutive attacks!” are displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. This continuous notice notifies the fact that the big jackpot (for example, a big jackpot that shifts to the challenge mode) that shifts (falls) to a disadvantageous gaming state is not included in the hold of the special map 1. Is. In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(c), by displaying “3 consecutive attacks!”, the symbol variation display of at least 3 times does not include the big hit to shift to the challenge mode, and any of them is displayed. It is suggested that the variable display of the symbols will also be out of place (special figure 1 small hit), which may reassure the player.

FIG. 30(d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "541". In addition, in this effect example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(c) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(d), and the special figure 1 Is reserved (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and there are three special figure 2 holds. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(d), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown to bear. However, in this example of performance, it is announced that a total of three attacks will be performed. Therefore, the life value is not reduced here. Instead, the life value is reduced by 30 in the upper center of the display screen. By doing so, “30 dmg” indicating that the accumulated damage value is 30 is displayed, and the accumulated values of the life values reduced at the time when the continuous attacks are finished are collectively subtracted. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(e) shows that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, "2 more times!" is displayed in the center of the display screen, which suggests that the result of the failure continues at least 2 more times.

FIG. 30(f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417". In this effect example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(f). The reservation is full (4), at least two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the special figure 2 is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(f), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown to bear. However, even in this example of performance, since it is announced that a total of three attacks will be performed, the life value is not reduced here either. Instead, the life value is reduced by 50 in the upper center of the display screen. By doing so, “80 dmg” indicating that the accumulated damage value has reached 80 is displayed, and the accumulated values of the life values reduced at the time when the continuous attacks are finished are collectively subtracted. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(g) shows that the small hitting game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of special figure 1 and special figure 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. In addition, “Last!” is displayed in the center of the display screen, which indicates that the result of the failure continues at least once.

FIG. 30(h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special maps 1 and 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs that are out of “decoration 5-decoration 1-decoration 4”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "514". In this effect example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(g) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(h), and the special figure 1 Is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(h), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown to bear. In the effect example shown in FIG. 30(h), “Total 200 dmg” is displayed in the center of the display screen as the damage value that has been given to the swordsman character KNG so far, including this time, and is displayed above the life gauge. It shows that the displayed life value is counting down. That is, in this effect example, the damage value up to this time is subtracted from the life value in the final effect of the continuous announcement. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(i) shows that the small hitting game is finished, and the symbol variable display is started in each of special figure 1 and special figure 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(l), the characters "Total 200 dmg" have been deleted because the continuous notice has ended, and the life value countdown has ended and the cumulative damage value has The subtracted value "550" is displayed as the life value.

FIG. 31 shows an example of the reservation notice during the battle mode. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 31A to 31F are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 29A to 29F, description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 31(g) shows that the battle mode is being continued. At the timing shown in FIG. 31(g), it is shown that the symbol variable display is being performed in each of special figure 1 and special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 1 is “3”. , The number of reservations of special figure 2 is "2". Further, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also performed in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. The life value indicating the remaining health of the swordsman is "120", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 30(g), when the third hold in FIG. 1 occurs, the display form of the third hold icon h13 is different from the default display form, that is, a notice display form, That is, it is shown as being displayed in a red display mode. In the present embodiment, the suspension notice (red suspension notice) is not a big hit notice but a notice of confirmation of departure, and the shift corresponding to the red display mode is exhausted in FIG. It will be a small hit) and the electric support will be lost, and it will be announced in advance that the battle mode will shift to the small hit rush. In addition, in the present embodiment, it is assumed that due to the occurrence of this suspension notice, it is confirmed in advance that the shift to the small hit rush will be confirmed, but the shift to the small hit rush does not occur (that is, the battle mode continues. Yes) In some cases, this may be a so-called notice of reservation of Gase. In this case, the reliability of shifting to the small hit rush may be changed depending on the mode of the notice of holding (color, shape, animation, etc.).

FIG. 31(h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". In addition, in this effect example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 31(g) and the timing shown in FIG. 31(h), and the special figure 2 is held 3 times. It has become one. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(h), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 20 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

In FIG. 31(i), the state that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variable display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h11 to h13 of special map 1 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "2", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284.

FIG. 31(j) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417". In addition, in this effect example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 31(i) and the timing shown in FIG. 31(j), and the special figure 1 Is reserved (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and there are three special figure 2 holds. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(j), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life gauge is reduced by 60 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 31(k) shows that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special maps 1 and 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284.

FIG. 31(l) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 4-decoration 5-decoration 1”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "451". In addition, in this effect example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 31(k) and the timing shown in FIG. 31(l). Is reserved (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and there are three special figure 2 holds. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(l), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 10 to "30" and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

In FIG. 31(m), the state that the small hit game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 31(m), it is shown that the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 which is the subject of the suspension notice is displayed, and the symbol variation display is not performed (small hit) ), the mission is achieved and there is a sense of expectation to move to the small hit rush. Note that, as shown in FIG. 29(m), the character of "chance!" may be displayed to notify that the mission is completed and the small hit rush will be made.

Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(n), the appearance of the lord's character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG is shown. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 30, the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also shows that there is no gauge remaining. Thereafter, the effects shown in FIGS. 31(o) to 31(q) are performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 31(o) to 31(q) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(q), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 32 shows an example of the reservation notice during the battle mode. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 32(a) to 32(e) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 28(a) to 28(e), and a description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 32(f) shows that the battle mode is being continued. At the timing shown in FIG. 32(f), it is shown that the symbol variable display is performed in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 1 is “3”. , The number of reservations of special figure 2 is "2". Further, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also performed in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. The life value indicating the remaining health of the swordsman is "650", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 32(f), when the third hold in FIG. 1 occurs, the third hold icon h13 is displayed in a rainbow display mode. It is shown. In the present embodiment, this suspension notice (rainbow-colored suspension notice) is a big hit notice, and is a notice that the big hit will be a probability variation super big hit that will shift to a small hit rush after the big hit game ends. is there. In addition, in the present embodiment, it is supposed that the 10R probability variation super jackpot will be announced in advance due to the occurrence of this suspension notice. In some cases, it may be a prior notice that at least it will be decided that another type of jackpot will be won.

FIG. 32(g) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". In this effect example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 32(f) and the timing shown in FIG. 32(g), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It has become one. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 32(g), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value has been reduced by 50, the remaining life value has become “600”, and the life gauge has also decreased. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started, and the symbol variation display is performed in the manner described above.

FIG. 32(h) shows that the battle mode is being continued. At the timing shown in FIG. 32(h), it is shown that the symbol variable display is performed in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 1 is “4”. , The number of reservations of special figure 2 is "3". Further, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also performed in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. The life value indicating the remaining health of the swordsman is "360", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly.

FIG. 32(i) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. In the special figure 1, the small hit pattern is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variable display is discarded due to the small hit in the special figure 1, and the outlier pattern is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, in accordance with the result of the small hit in the special drawing 1, the decorative design is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative designs that are out of “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1”. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "541". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 32(i), a mysterious ray is output from the blade edge of the sword possessed by the lord's character HDS according to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. As a result, the life value is reduced by 10 and the life value becomes “350”, and the life gauge is also decreased. After that, the small hit game relating to the small hit of special figure 1 is started.

In FIG. 32(j), the small hitting game is finished, and the state where the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a moving animation of the holding icons h11 to h14 of the special drawing 1 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h11 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. And is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 1 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each reduced by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "3", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 32(j), it is shown that the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 which is the subject of the suspension notice is displayed, and the symbol variation display is performed, which is a probable variation jackpot. , There is an expectation to shift to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit.

Then, in FIG. 32(k), the decorative symbols of "decoration 7" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the big hit by the decorative pattern of "decoration 7" shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game is over, as shown in FIG. 32(l), in the decorative pattern display device 208, "big chance!" Is displayed, which suggests that the game state will be promoted from battle mode to small hit rush.

Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 32(m), the appearance of the lord's character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG is shown. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG is immediately reduced by 350, the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. At this time, the decorative pattern is reduced and moved to the lower right portion of the display screen. After that, as shown in FIG. 32(n), the lord's character HDS wins over the swordsman character KNG, and the character "I did it!" is displayed in the upper center of the display screen to congratulate the player. In addition, the decorative pattern displayed in the lower right part of the display screen also fluctuates in a combination of the decorative patterns of "decorative 7-decorative 7-decorative 7" which are confirmed to have a probable variation. After that, as shown in FIG. 32(o), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a combination of decorative symbols of 10R sure variation super jackpot fixed of “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is stopped and displayed, and the special symbol 1 No. 4 symbol is stopped and displayed with "○", and mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of "777". 32(p), as a big hit game start effect, a character image of "big chance big hit" is displayed together with a background image celebrating the big hit (not shown here). In addition, since the big hit this time is a big hit that occurred continuously through the battle mode from the first big hit, it is the second consecutive mark instead of the word "Please hit right!" Is displayed.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the suspension notice for the symbol variation display that is the 10R probability variation super jackpot is given, the effect achieved by the mission is performed in the symbol variation display that is the subject of the suspension notice. Alternatively, the effect that the mission has been achieved may not be performed, and the fact that the small hit rush will be performed in the big hit game may be notified.

Next, the effect in the small hit rush will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 to 44. Here, FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of the effect in the small hit rush centering on the decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 34 shows another effect example following the effect shown in FIG. 33(n). FIG. 35 is a diagram showing in steps, FIG. 35 is a diagram showing stepwise a state in which continuous notice is given in the small hit rush, and FIG. 36 is another example of effect of continuous notice given in the small hit rush. FIG. 37 is a diagram showing stepwise the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 36, and FIG. 38 shows another example of effect following the effect shown in FIG. 37(22). FIG. 39 is a diagram showing in stages, FIG. 39 is a diagram showing in stage another production example following the production shown in FIG. 36(11), and FIG. 40 is another diagram of the continuous notice given in the small hit rush. It is a figure which shows an example of production in steps, FIG. 41 is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 40 in steps, and FIG. 42 is another production which follows the production shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows an example in steps, FIG. 43 is a figure which shows another production example of the continuous notice performed in the small hit rush in stages, and FIG. 44 shows a continuation of the example of the production shown in FIG. It is a figure shown in steps. 33 to 44, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, the special symbol 1 holding lamp 218, and the special symbol 2 The holding lamp 220 and the universal figure holding lamp 216 are not shown.

FIG. 33(a) is an effect that is performed subsequent to the effect shown in FIG. 29(p), and is the same effect as the effect shown in FIG. 29(q), so a description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 33B shows a state in which the gaming state shifts to a small hit rush and the shortening variation of special figure 2 (for example, shortening variation of 5.5 seconds) starts. The shortened variation of this special figure 2 is a symbol variation display that is out of sync. On the other hand, in special figure 1, long fluctuation (for example, long fluctuation of 500 seconds) has also started. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/held number display area 284, The fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 has also started variable display. In addition, in the central portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the bancho character TDR appears in place of the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG, and a "small hit lash is being rushed" above the bancho character TDR. Is displayed to inform that the current gaming state is a small hit rush. Further, below the mini design, the display of the number of hits and the display of the total number of winning prize balls are continued.

In FIG. 33(c), the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished is shown. On the other hand, in the special figure 1, the variable display of symbols continues. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs of the decorations “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a deviation is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is started as shown in FIG. 33(d). The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortening variation (for example, 8.5 seconds shortening variation) that results in a small hit. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h22 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, and The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 33(d), a balloon of the longest character TDR is displayed on the right side of the center of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the character "Chance!" is displayed in this balloon. As a result, it is announced that there is a possibility of winning (big hit/small hit) in the symbol variation display. In the present embodiment, when the "chance!" balloon is displayed, a small hit is always made in the symbol variation display, but there may be a case where the small hit or the big hit is not made.

FIG. 33(e) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being variably displayed is discarded, and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". In addition, in this effect example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 33(d) and the timing shown in FIG. 33(e), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It has become one. Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 33(e), the character "Small hit!" is attached to the right side of the bancho character TDR in response to the small hit design being stopped and displayed in the special figure 2. The displayed balloon is displayed to inform the player that a small hit has been hit. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 33(f), it is shown that the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being performed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 33(f), since three game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 since the small hit game was started, 30 prize balls are paid out, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. , "30/100 get!" is displayed according to the number of won balls. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 33(g), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "100/100get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and 100 prize balls are used in this small hit game. Has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(h), the small hit game is finished, and the state in which the symbol variation display is started in each of the special maps 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/held number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "1", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "1". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 33(h), a state is shown in which an animation is displayed in which the number of award balls acquired in the current small hit game is added to the total number of award balls. After that, as shown in FIG. 33(i), the total number of prize balls that has been set to "600 pt" is added to the number of prize balls of 100 obtained in the small hit game this time, and updated to "700 pt". ing. In this effect example, at least three game balls enter the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 33(h) and the timing shown in FIG. 33(i), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It is full (4). Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 33(i), a balloon attached with the characters “May be 4 or more!” may be displayed on the right side of the banquet character TDR. In the present embodiment, in the case of a high setting (for example, settings 4 to 6), a balloon of “may be 4 or more!” may appear to suggest that the setting is high. In addition, in this embodiment, although it suggests that it is the setting 4-6, any suggesting setting may be sufficient, for example, it may suggest that it is the setting 6, and setting 2 is. It may be that it is 6 (denying setting 1).

FIG. 33(j) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, in the special figure 1, the variable display of symbols continues. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative symbols “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a deviation is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of the special figure 2 is exhausted as shown in FIG. 33(k), and the variable display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds) that is a big hit. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h24 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. Are displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, and The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(l), the decorative symbols of "decoration 4" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the big hit by the decorative pattern of "decoration 4" may fall into the challenge mode after the big hit game is over, as shown in FIG. 33(l), the decorative pattern display device 208 displays "pinch" in the center of the display screen. The word "!!" is displayed, indicating that there is a possibility of falling from the small hit rush to the challenge mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(m), "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and a combination of jackpot decorative patterns of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is displayed, and fluctuations in shaking Is started. As described above, the combination of the decorative patterns for the big hit "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is a combination of the decorative patterns that usually indicates the possibility of being a big hit, so "sorry!" as a message to comfort the player. Is displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 33(n), the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is erased. It should be noted that only the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive chan and the total number of won prize balls are displayed. It should be noted that the mini-symbols are continuously variably displayed for all the symbols until the symbols are fixedly displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(o), the decorative pattern starts changing display again with the display of the character "re-lottery!!", and the combination of the decorative patterns of the jackpot which is advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(p), as a result of the re-lottery effect, the combination of the before-re-lottery and the decorative symbol does not change, and the effect that the re-lottery has failed is performed, and then, FIG. 33(q). As shown in, the combination of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is confirmed and displayed, and the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "444". In addition, the fourth symbol of special figure 2 is stopped and displayed with “◯”, and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 is stopped and displayed with “x”. At this time, the character "really sorry" is displayed to comfort the player. However, as described above, even when the stop display is not performed by the combination of the decorative patterns indicating that the probability variation big hit is confirmed, for example, it is possible to give the player a sense of expectation in the promotion effect in the big hit performance, In some cases, expectations can be sustained. Then, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, in FIG. 33(r), a character image of "challenge jackpot" is displayed as a jackpot game start effect together with a background image (omitted here) celebrating the jackpot. Since the big hit this time is the fourth big hit from the first big hit (big hit/small hit), the character "4th time" indicating this is displayed. In addition, a display of the total number of won prize balls is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 34(o′) subsequent to FIG. 33(n), the decorative pattern starts changing display again together with the display of the characters “re-lottery!!”, and then FIG. 34(p′). ), the decorative pattern showing that the combination of decorative patterns is a combination of the big hits of “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4” and the 5R probability variation big hit of “decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1” is confirmed. A combination of may be displayed. In this case, as shown in FIG. 33(q′), the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is stopped and displayed as “◯”, and the special symbol 1 in the variable display is abandoned and deviated to the fourth symbol. It is stopped and displayed with "x" indicating that. Further, the mini symbols are also stopped and displayed in the combination of "111". Further, in the present embodiment, from the combination of the decorative patterns of the "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" that usually indicates the possibility of being a jackpot, the probability variation jackpot of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is determined. The words "I did it! Great reversal!" are displayed to celebrate the promotion to the jackpot decorative design. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, as a big hit game start effect in FIG. 34(r'), with a background image celebrating the big hit (here omitted), the big hit game is switched to the small hit rush after the end. The character display of "small hit rush continued big hit!" is displayed. Further, below this character display, a "fourth" character indicating the number of hits from the first big hit is displayed. In addition, a display of the total number of won prize balls is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen. In addition, as shown in FIG. 34(r′-2), the total number of winning prize balls may be displayed in a decorative character, and this display may give a high setting suggestion (for example, a suggestion that the setting is 5 or more). It may be done. It should be noted that it is possible not to give a high setting suggestion by displaying the total number of winning prize balls.

Further, the effect shown in FIGS. 34(k″) to (r″) may be performed subsequent to FIG. 33(j). That is, FIG. 34(k″) shows that the symbol display time of Toku-zu 2 has elapsed and the suspension of Toku-zu 2 is exhausted, and the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 2 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds) that is a big hit. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h24 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. Are displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, and The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

Then, in FIG. 34 (1''), the decorative symbol of "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. The big hit by the decorative pattern of "decoration 1" is a probable variation big hit, and since it shifts to the small hit rush again after the big hit game ends, the character "Chance is coming!" is displayed in the center of the display screen and the small hit rush continues. Suggest to do. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 34(p″), “decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and shake fluctuation is performed.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 34(q″), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of 5R probability variation big hit confirmation “decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1” is stopped and displayed. The fourth symbol in FIG. 2 is stopped and displayed with “◯”, and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of “111”. On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is abandoned because the special figure 4 has become a big hit, and is lost, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, the decorative pattern display device 208 also displays a character display of "I did it." After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 34(r″). The effect shown in FIG. 34(r″) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34(r′), and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 35 shows an example of continuous notice during the small hit rush.

FIG. 35(a) shows that the short variation of special figure 2 (for example, the shortening variation of 5.5 seconds) is performed in the small hit rush. The shortened variation of this special figure 2 is a symbol variation display that is out of sync. On the other hand, in Toku-zu 1, long fluctuations (for example, long fluctuations of 500 seconds) are also performed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also performed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 is also variably displayed in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Has also been done. In addition, in the central portion of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the bancho character TDR appears, and the character "Small hit rush" is displayed above the bancho character TDR, indicating the current gaming state. Has been informed that it is a small hit rush. Further, in the lower part of the mini design, the display of the number of hits and the display of the total number of award balls are continued, and at the timing shown in FIG. 35(a), the first big hit to the eighth big hit (big hit/small hit) ) Has occurred, and the display of the number of consecutive Changs of the “8th time” showing this and the total number of winning award balls of “1700pt” indicating that the total number of award winning balls from the first big hit is 1700 It is displayed.

FIG. 35B shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, in the special figure 1, the variable display of symbols continues. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35(a) and the timing shown in FIG. 35(b), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It is full (4). Further, in the decorative design display device 208, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs of the decorations “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a deviation is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35(c), the symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortening variation (for example, a shortening variation of 5.5 seconds) that is a deviation. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h24 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. Are displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also begun variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(c), a large number "3" is displayed on the right side of the length-length character TDR, indicating that the continuous notice of the countdown has started. This continuous announcement suggests that the player will be in an advantageous state in the symbol variable display in which the number is "0". Further, in the symbol variation display prior to the symbol variation display in which "0" is displayed in this continuous notice, the symbol variation display is determined to be out of sync, and by this continuous notice, the small variation is displayed. It may be possible to give the player a sense of security that the hit rush continues. In the present embodiment, when the continuous announcement of the countdown is started, it is continuously performed until the number becomes “0”. However, the countdown ends before the number becomes “0”. There may be a case in which a series of notices of gazettes are given.

FIG. 35(d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, in the special figure 1, the variable display of symbols continues. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative symbols “decoration 5-decoration 1-decoration 4” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "514". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a deviation is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35(e), the symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortening variation (for example, a shortening variation of 5.5 seconds) that is a deviation. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also begun variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(c), a large number "2" is displayed on the right side of the length-length character TDR, showing that continuous notice is continued.

FIG. 35(f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, in the special figure 1, the variable display of symbols continues. In addition, in this effect example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 35(f), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It has become one. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative designs of the decorations “decoration 4-decoration 5-decoration 1” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "451". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a deviation is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35(g), the symbol fluctuation display of this special figure 2 is a shortening fluctuation (for example, a 5.5 second shortening fluctuation) that is a deviation. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also begun variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(g), a large number "1" is displayed on the right side of the length-length character TDR, indicating that continuous notice is continued.

FIG. 35(h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, in the special figure 1, the variable display of symbols continues. In addition, in this effect example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35(g) and the timing shown in FIG. 35(h), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It is full (4). Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative symbols “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a deviation is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35(i), the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation (e.g., a shortened variation of 8.5 seconds) that results in a small hit. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h24 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. Are displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also begun variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(i), a large number “0” is displayed on the right side of the length-length character TDR, showing that continuous notice is continued.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(j), a balloon attached with the characters "Press the button!" is displayed on the right side of the length character TDR. In response to this, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 35(k), as shown in FIG. 35(l), the characters "Press the button!" It may change to the letters "Daze!". That is, in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed, a notice is given that suggests that there is a possibility of a small hit. In addition, in the present embodiment, when the effect that prompts the operation of the effect button 136 is given in the continuous notice, the small change is always made in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed. When an operation is performed, another display may be performed, for example, one of a plurality of displays with different degrees of reliability to be a small hit is displayed, and even when the small hit is not achieved, the effect button is displayed. There may be a case where an effect that prompts the operation of 136 is performed.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(m), the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded, and the off symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 35(m), in response to the fact that the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in the special figure 2 as a result of the continuous notice, the "Yoshisha" is displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR. A balloon with the character "!" is displayed to inform the player that a small hit has been hit. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 35(m) to 35(p) are performed. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 35(m) to 35(p) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 33(f) to 33(i) (excluding the high setting suggestion), and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

36 to 39 show another example of presentation of continuous notice during the small hit rush. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 36(1) to 36(6) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 35(a) to 35(f), description thereof will be omitted.

After that, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 36(7), the symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds) that is a deviation. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also begun variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 36(7), a decorative character "1" is displayed on the right side of the length-length character TDR to show that the continuous notice is continued and the setting is suggested. There is. Note that the timing of suggesting the setting may be any timing in the continuous announcement, or the range of the suggested setting may be different depending on the timing in the continuous announcement. For example, if the number "3" is a decorative character, it indicates that the setting is 5 or 6, and if the number "0" is a decorative character, it indicates that setting 1 is denied. It may be. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 36(8) to 36(11) are performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 36(8) to (11) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 35(h) to 35(k), description thereof will be omitted.

In this effect example, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 36(11), as shown in FIG. 36(12), the display mode in which the bancho character TDR becomes huge and the clothes are torn. In addition, there may be a case in which a balloon attached with the characters "3 small hits, GET!" is displayed on the right side of the long character TDR whose display mode has changed. In other words, while the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 being executed is a small hit, a notice is given that suggests that the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended further includes two small hits. It is being appreciated. That is, the notice regarding the symbol variation display being executed in the symbol variation display which is the subject of continuous notice (the variation notice) may include the look-ahead notice regarding the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. The player may expect to pay a large amount of prize balls by seeing this notice.

FIG. 36 (13) shows a state in which the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being variably displayed is discarded, and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 36 (13 ), the character “Yoshisha! A balloon with is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, it shows that the first small hit of the three consecutive small hits has been held. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 36 (14), a state where the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being played is shown. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (14), since six game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 since the small hit game was started, 60 prize balls are paid out, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. , "60/100 get!" is displayed according to the number of won balls. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 36(15), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "100/100get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and 100 prize balls are used in this small hit game. Has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 36 (16), the small hit game is finished, and the state in which the symbol variation display is started in each of the special maps 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/held number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "1", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Also, in the example of the effect shown in FIG. 36 (16), since a small winning pending consecutive chan is announced, an animation in which the number of prize balls obtained in this small hit game is added to the total number of acquired prize balls is displayed. Reserved. Further, on the right side of the bancho character TDR, a balloon with the character "2 more!" is displayed, which indicates that two small hits are held in the holding of special figure 2.

FIG. 36 (17) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being variably displayed is discarded, and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 36 (17), in response to the fact that the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in the special figure 2, the character "Yoshisha! A balloon with is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. That is, it is produced that the second small hit of the three consecutive small hits is held. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 36 (18), it is shown that the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being performed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (18), since three game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 since the small hit game was started, 30 prize balls are paid out, and in the lower right part of the display screen. The characters "130/200 get!" including the number of prize balls obtained in the previous small hit game are displayed. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (19), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "200/200get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and in the small hit game of this time, the previous small hit game. It is reported that 200 prize balls have been paid out in total.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37(20), the small hitting game is finished, and the state that the symbol variation display is started in each of the special maps 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h22 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/held number display area 284, The reserved number of special figure 1 becomes "0", and the reserved number of special figure 2 becomes "1". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 37 (20), since a small winning pending consecutive chan is announced, an animation in which the number of award balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of award balls acquired Reserved. Further, on the right side of the bancho character TDR, a balloon with the character "1 more!" is displayed, which indicates that one more small hit is being held in the holding of special figure 2. ..

FIG. 37(21) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, in the special figure 1, the variable display of symbols continues. In this production example, two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 37(20) and the timing shown in FIG. 37(21), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It has become one. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination of the decorative symbols “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5” depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "145". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a deviation is displayed, and the fourth symbol of the special symbol 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the suspension of the special figure 2 is exhausted as shown in FIG. 37 (22) and the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortening variation (for example, 8.5 seconds shortening variation) that results in a small hit. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations still continue. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284, and The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner. The balloon with the character "1 more!" on the right side of the bancho character TDR is continuously displayed.

FIG. 37 (23) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being variably displayed is discarded, and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 37 (23), in response to the small hit symbol being stopped and displayed in the special figure 2, the character "Yoshisha! Third!" is displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR. A balloon attached with is displayed to inform the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, it shows that it is the third small hit of the reserved consecutive chan of three small hits. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 37 (24), it is shown that the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has passed and the small hit game is being played. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (24), since four game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 after the small hit game has started, 40 prize balls have been paid out, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. The characters "240/300 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls obtained in the two small hit games. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (25), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "300/300 get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and in the small hit game this time, the small two times before. It is reported that 300 prize balls have been paid out in addition to the winning game.

After that, as shown in FIG. 37 (26), the small hit game is finished, and the state that the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, since the special symbol 1 does not have a suspended symbol variation display, the symbol variation display is not started. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 is retained. The number becomes "1". Further, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 37 (26), an animation in which the bancho character TDR is dressed and displayed in a reduced size, and the number of prize balls obtained in three small hit games is added to the total number of acquired prize balls is displayed. It is shown as being displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 37 (27), the total number of award balls that has been set to "1700 pt" is added to the number of award balls of 300 that have been obtained in the consecutive winning of this small hit, to "2000 pt". Has been updated. It should be noted that, in the present embodiment, since more than 2000 sharply-played game balls have been won, it is shown that a design with a large character "2000pt get!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing. Further, as shown in FIG. 37(27'), the part of the number "2000" may be displayed in decorative characters to suggest the setting. In this case, for example, when displayed in decorative characters, it may indicate that the setting is 4 or more.

In the present embodiment, when the suspension subject to the continuous notice is a small hit or a big hit, the notice effect including the pre-read notice of the above-mentioned continuous consecutive chan is executed, but for example, the subject of the continuous notice is specified. It may be used as a variable display of symbols (missing SP reach, etc.), or even when the symbol variation display that has been suspended after the suspension that was the subject of the continuous notice is a specific symbol variation display, the pre-warning notice for the reserved consecutive chan is issued. You may make it perform the said notice production including.

FIG. 38(23a) shows another effect example following FIG. 37(22).

In FIG. 38 (23a), a state is shown when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being variably displayed is discarded, and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 37 (23a), the characters "Yosha! Third!" are displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR in response to the small hit symbol being stopped and displayed in the special figure 2. A balloon attached with is displayed to inform the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, it shows that it is the third small hit of the reserved consecutive chan of three small hits. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

Subsequently, in FIG. 38 (24a), the character of the balloon displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR is changed to “There are two more characters!”. In the present embodiment, when a small hit occurs in the last symbol variation display of the symbol variation display which is the subject of the prefetching notice, the prefetching notice regarding the pending symbol variation display of special figure 2 may be further issued. is there. That is, in FIG. 38 (24a), when the small symbol is hit as a result of the last symbol variation display of the target of the pre-reading notice after performing the change notice + pre-reading notice production of the small winning three consecutive chants. Furthermore, it is indicated that a prefetch notice may be given. As a result, it may be possible to make the player expect a larger number of balls. In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of symbol variation displays that are small hits is notified, but a pre-reading notice may be given when some or all of them are not small hits.

In FIG. 38 (25a), it is shown that the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being performed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (25a), 40 prize balls are paid out because four game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. The characters "240/300 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls obtained in the two small hit games. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (26a), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "300/300 get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and in the small hit game this time, the small two times before. It is reported that 300 prize balls have been paid out in addition to the winning game.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (27a), the small hit game is finished, and in FIG. That is, the suspension of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 is retained. The number becomes "1". Further, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is also started. In addition, in the example of production shown in FIG. 38 (27a), since the small winning succession consecutive chan is further announced, the number of prize balls obtained in this small hit game is also added to the total number of acquired prize balls. Animation is reserved. Further, on the right side of the bancho character TDR, a balloon with the character "2 more!" is displayed, which indicates that two small hits are held in the holding of special figure 2.

In FIG. 38 (28a), the state in which the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished and the small hit symbol is displayed is shown. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the small symbol is a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special figure 2. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 38 (28a), in response to the fact that the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in the special figure 2, the characters "Yoshisha! Fourth!" are displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR. A balloon attached with is displayed to inform the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, in addition to being the third small hit of the three consecutive small hits, it also produced another small hit that is a continuous, continuous string. ing. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 38 (29a), a state where the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being played is shown. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (29a), 70 gaming balls have been paid out because 7 gaming balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. The characters "370/400 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls obtained in the three small hit games. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (30a), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "400/400 get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and in the small hit game this time, the small three times before. It is informed that 400 prize balls have been paid out in addition to the winning game.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (31a), the small hit game is finished, and in FIG. That is, the suspension of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the hold icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon (the hold icon that is the target of the pattern change this time) at the display position of the first hold icon h21 is displayed. , Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 is retained. The number becomes "0". Further, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is also started. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 38 (31a), since the additional pending consecutive chan for the small hit is announced, the number of award balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of award balls. Animation is also reserved. Further, on the right side of the bancho character TDR, a balloon with the character "1 more!" is displayed, which indicates that one more small hit is being held in the holding of special figure 2. ..

In FIG. 38 (32a), the state when the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is finished is shown. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the small symbol is a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special figure 2. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 38 (32a), in response to the fact that the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in the special diagram 2, the character "Yoshisha! Fifth!" A balloon with is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, it shows that it is the fifth small hit of the small consecutive winning continuous winning chan. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 38 (33a), a state where the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being played is shown. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (33a), since six game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 since the small hit game started, 60 prize balls are paid out, and in the lower right part of the display screen. The characters "460/500 get!" including the number of prize balls won in the four small hit games are displayed. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (34a), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "500/500 get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and in the small hit game this time, the previous four small wins. It is reported that 500 prize balls have been paid out in addition to the winning game. In this effect example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 38 (33a) and the timing shown in FIG. It has become one.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (35a), the small hit game is finished, and in FIG. That is, the suspension of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the variable display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the hold icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon (the hold icon that is the target of the pattern change this time) at the display position of the first hold icon h21 is displayed. , Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the reserved number of the special symbol 2 is decreased by 1, and the special symbol 2 is retained. The number becomes "0". Further, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 38 (35a), the animation in which the bancho character TDR is dressed and displayed in a reduced size, and the number of prize balls obtained in the five small hit games is added to the total number of acquired prize balls. It is shown as it is displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (36a), the total number of award balls that has been set to "1700 pt" is added to the number of award balls of 500 pieces obtained in the consecutive winning of this small hit, to "2200 pt". Has been updated. It should be noted that, in the present embodiment, since more than 2000 sharply-played game balls have been won, it is shown that a design with a large character "2000pt get!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIG. 39 (12b) shows another effect example following that of FIG. 36 (11).

When the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 36(11), as shown in FIG. 39(12b), the bancho character TDR becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the dew becomes a dew. Is changed to a display mode in which the display color is changed to a tricolor color, and a balloon with the characters “Tricolor!!! One small hit and some Kita!” is displayed on the right side of the Bancho character TDR whose display mode is changed. There is. In other words, a small hit is made in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 that is being executed, and a notice is given that suggests that the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended further includes the probability variation big hit. There is. That is, the notice regarding the symbol variation display being executed in the symbol variation display which is the subject of continuous notice (the variation notice) may include the look-ahead notice regarding the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. The player may expect to pay a large amount of prize balls by seeing this notice. It should be noted that the character display of the balloon may be another character display, for example, when the result of the symbol variation is a small hit, and the symbol variation display suspended after the symbol variation includes one small hit and a big hit, You may make it possible to give a pre-reading notice of the big hit by displaying the 褌 of the bancho character TDR in tricolor color while displaying the character "Get one small hit!". Alternatively, a character display different from the normal display, such as "I got a lot of small hits!", may be used to indicate that a big hit holding continuous chan is generated. In addition, in the present embodiment, when a probability variation big hit occurs in the small hit rush, a transition (loop) to the small hit rush is made again, but a part of the probability variation big hit may fall into the battle mode. That is, there may be a sure-change big hit that falls from the small hit rush to the battle mode.

FIG. 39 (13b) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being variably displayed is discarded, and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 39 (13b), in response to the fact that the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in the special figure 2, the character "Yoshisha! A balloon attached with is displayed to inform the player that a small hit has occurred. That is, it is produced that the first small hit of the holding consecutive chan including a plurality of big hits (big hit, small hit). After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 39 (14b) shows a state in which the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being performed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 39 (14b), since six game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 since the small hit game was started, 60 prize balls are paid out, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , "60/100 get!" is displayed according to the number of won balls. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hit game is being played is displayed over the bancho character TDR to inform the player that the small hit game is being played. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 39 (15b), a state in which the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "100/100get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and 100 prize balls are used in this small hit game. Has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (16b), the small hit game is finished, and the state in which the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1 in the fourth symbol/held number display area 284, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "1", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. In addition, in the example of production shown in FIG. 39 (16b), the pending consecutive chan (big hit or small hit) is announced, so the number of award balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of award balls. Animations are reserved. Further, on the right side of the bancho character TDR, a balloon with a character of "something coming!" is displayed, which indicates that the hit is held in the holding of FIG. In addition, in the present embodiment, when the suspended symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the tricolor-colored armpit length TDR character is displayed, but the invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be displayed in the case where both the small winning series and the large winning series are included, or may be displayed in the case where only the small series is included.

After that, in FIG. 39 (17b), the decorative symbols of "decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the letters "reach!" are displayed. The reach production is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 39 (18b), "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the fluctuation is performed. At this time, the length-length character TDR is reduced and displayed in the lower left portion of the display screen, and a balloon with the characters "Kitakore!" is displayed to inform that the probability variation big hit has been confirmed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (19b), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a combination of decorative symbols of 5R probability variation big hit confirmation of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is stopped and displayed, and the special symbol 2 No. 4 symbol is stopped and displayed with "O", and mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 which is being changed and displayed is abandoned due to the big hit of the special figure 2, and the fourth figure is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, the decorative pattern display device 208 also displays a character display of "I did it." After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 39 (20b). The effect shown in FIG. 39(20b) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34(r'), except that the display of the number of consecutive chan and the display of the total number of awarded balls are different, and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 39 (21b) shows that the fifth round of the 5R certainty variation jackpot is finished and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the big hit end production is started, the characters "big hit end small hit rush continued!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state) can be re-entered. Be informed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 39 (21b), the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "1700+100+300pt", which means 100 balls in the previous small hit and 100 yen in the big hit this time. It has been announced that they have won 300 award balls, which will be added to the previously acquired 1700 balls.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (22b), the big hit game is finished, and the state in which the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. At this time, the character "small hit rush continues!" is displayed in the center of the display screen to inform that the small hit rush has been performed again. The character display of "Small hit rush continues!" is then erased at the timing shown in FIG. 39 (23b). In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/reserved number display region 284, the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "0", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, as shown in FIGS. 39(22b) to (23b), the bancho character TDR is dressed and displayed in a reduced size, and the number of prize balls obtained in one small hit game and one big hit game. An animation is displayed in which is added to the total number of awarded balls. After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (24b), the total number of award balls that has been set to “1700 pt” is added to the number of award balls of 400 obtained in the consecutive chan this time, and is updated to “2100 pt”. There is. It should be noted that, in the present embodiment, since more than 2000 sharply-played game balls have been won, it is shown that a design with a large character "2000pt get!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIG. 40 to FIG. 42 show another example of presentation of continuous notice during the small hit rush. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 40(1) to 40(11) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 35(a) to 35(k), and a description thereof will be omitted.

In this effect example, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 40(11), as shown in FIG. 40(12), "Congratulations! You may see a balloon with the words "There are bonuses!" In other words, a notice is given that a big hit occurs in the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 that is being executed, and that the start of the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 includes at least one small hit. ing. That is, the notice regarding the symbol variation display being executed in the symbol variation display subject to the continuous notice (the variation notice) may include the look-ahead notice regarding the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. The player may expect to pay a large amount of prize balls by seeing this notice.

Then, in FIG. 40(13), the decorative pattern of "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the letters "reach!" are displayed. The reach production is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. On the other hand, Machiko's character MCK moves to the lower left part of the display screen in a reduced size, and a balloon with the word "Kuruwyo!" is displayed on the right side of it, expecting that it will be a big hit. There is. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 40(14), "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the fluctuation is performed. At this time, the character in the balloon displayed on the right side of Ms. Machiko's character MCK has changed to "I'm done!"

After that, as shown in FIG. 40(15), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a combination of decorative symbols of 5R probability variation big hit confirmation of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is stopped and displayed, and the special symbol 2 No. 4 symbol is stopped and displayed with "O", and mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is abandoned because the special figure 4 has become a big hit, and is lost, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a character display of "I did it!" congratulating that the probability change big hit is also displayed above the decorative pattern. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 40 (16). The effect shown in FIG. 40(16) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34(r′) except that the display of the number of consecutive chan and the display of the total number of awarded balls are different, and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 40 (17) shows a state in which the 5th round of the 5R certainty variation jackpot is finished and the jackpot finish effect is being performed. When the big hit end production is started, the characters "big hit end small hit rush continued!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state) can be re-entered. Be informed. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 40 (17), the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is “1700+300 pt”, and 300 prize balls are won in this big hit. , It is reported that these will be added to the 1700 balls previously acquired. In addition, Machiko's character MCK reappears in the lower left of the display screen, and a balloon with the character "I have more!" It gives a notice. Note that, in the present embodiment, the advance notice is given on the condition that a winning pending consecutive chan is generated. However, if there is no winning pending consecutive chan, the preliminary announcement may be given to the player. Further, in this effect example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 40(16) and the timing shown in FIG. 40(17), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It is full (4).

FIG. 41(18) following FIG. 40(17) shows that the jackpot game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special diagrams 1 and 2. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h24 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. Are displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/reserved number display region 284, the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "1", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 41(18), the character MDK of Ms. Machiko is displayed on the left side of the center of the display screen, and the balloon with the character "I have extra bonus!" is displayed. It gives a sense of anticipation for the winning rendezvous chan. In the example of production shown in FIG. 41(18), since the winning consecutive winning chan is announced, the animation to be added to the total number of award balls is reserved with respect to the number of award balls acquired in this big hit game. ing.

FIG. 41 (19) shows a state when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being variably displayed is discarded, and the deviating symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative design display device 208, according to the result of the small hit of the special drawing 2, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small hits of the decorative design of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123". Then, in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284, “Δ” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a small hit is displayed, and “4” of the special symbol 1 indicates that there is a deviation. “X” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 41(19), in response to the fact that the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in Toku-zu 2, the character "Bonde!" is attached to the right side of the character MCK of Dr. Machiko. The displayed speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that a small winning pending consecutive chan has occurred. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 41(20), a state where the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the small hit game is being played is shown. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game balls can easily enter the second variable winning port 235 and the winning of the prize balls can be expected. At the timing shown in FIG. 41 (20), since two game balls have entered the second variable winning port 235 after the small hit game has started, 20 prize balls are paid out, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. The characters "320/400 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls obtained in the last big hit game. In addition, the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed below the mini symbol is not updated. Further, in the center of the display screen, a character "SMALL bonus!" indicating that the small hitting game is being played is displayed over the character MCK of Ms. Machiko to inform the player that the small hitting game is being played. doing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hitting game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 41 (21), a state where the small hitting game is finished by entering 10 game balls into the second variable winning port 235 is shown. At this time, in the lower right portion of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the characters "400/400 get!" are displayed according to the number of won balls, and in the small hit game of this time, it is the same as the previous big hit game. It is reported that a total of 400 prize balls have been paid out.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 41(22), the small hit game is finished, and the state in which the symbol variation display is started in each of the special maps 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/reserved number display region 284, the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "0", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 41(22), the dressed length character TDR is displayed and an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls obtained in the big hit game and the small hit game is added to the total number of acquired prize balls. Is shown. After that, as shown in FIG. 41 (23), the total number of award balls that has been set at "1700 pt" is added to the number of 400 award balls obtained by the consecutive winning of the small win this time, to "2100 pt". Has been updated. It should be noted that, in the present embodiment, since more than 2000 sharply-played game balls have been won, it is shown that a design with a large character "2000pt get!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIG. 42(12a) shows another effect example following FIG. 40(11).

When the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 40(11), as shown in FIG. 42(12a), the co-panda character KPD appears, and on the right side thereof, the characters of "big hit holding series". A balloon with a mark may be displayed. Further, in FIG. 42(12a), the first hold icon h21 is displayed in the display mode (gold) of the hold notice. That is, in this example of performance, a notice is given that a big hit will be generated in the variation that is the subject of continuous notice, and a notice is given that suggests that a big hit holding consecutive chan will further occur. That is, the notice regarding the symbol variation display being executed in the symbol variation display subject to the continuous notice (the variation notice) may include the look-ahead notice regarding the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. The player may expect to pay a large amount of prize balls by seeing this notice. In addition, in this effect example, the display of the hold icon at the time when the symbol variation display of the special map 2 which is the target of the suspension notice is suspended (at the time of detecting the entry of the game ball into the second special diagram starting port 232). The mode is displayed in the display mode of the reservation notice. That is, regarding the pre-reading notice based on the hold that occurs after the variable display of symbols, which is the subject of the continuous notice, a pre-reading notice of a different type from the continuous notice is given. In addition, the change of the display mode of this hold icon may be at the time when the hold of the symbol variation display occurs, or at the time when the hold occurs, the default display mode is displayed, and then the display mode changes. Good. Further, the display mode of the hold icon may be changed stepwise.

After that, in FIG. 42 (13a), the decorative symbols of "decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the letters "reach!" are displayed. The reach production is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. On the other hand, the Kopanda character KPD shrinks and moves to the lower left portion of the display screen, and a balloon with the character "Kitayo" is displayed on the right side of the character KPD, which is expected to be a big hit. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (14a), "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and fluctuations are performed. At this time, the character in the balloon displayed on the right side of the Kopanda character KPD changes to "I did it!", which notifies that the probability variation is a big hit. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 42(13a), a state in which a large number of star symbols are blinking displayed around the swinging decorative symbol is shown. The effect produced by the blinking display of the star pattern is an effect of suggesting a high setting, for example, an effect of suggesting that the setting is 4 or more. Needless to say, the setting to be suggested is not limited to the above and can be set appropriately.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (15a), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of the 5R probability variation big hit confirmation of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is stopped and displayed, and the special symbol 2 No. 4 symbol is stopped and displayed with "O", and mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is abandoned because the special figure 4 has become a big hit, and is lost, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a character display of "I did it!" congratulating that the probability change big hit is also displayed above the decorative pattern. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 42 (16a). The effect shown in FIG. 42(16a) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34(r'), except that the display of the number of consecutive chan and the display of the total number of award balls are different, and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 42 (17a) shows a state in which the fifth round of the 5R certainty variation jackpot is finished and the jackpot finish effect is being performed. When the big hit end production is started, the characters "big hit end small hit rush continued!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state) can be re-entered. Be informed. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (17a), the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is “1700+300 pt”, and 300 prize balls are won in the big hit this time. , It is reported that these will be added to the 1700 balls previously acquired. In addition, the Kopanda character KPD reappears in the lower left of the display screen, and a balloon with the character "I'm going to hold pending" is displayed on the right side of it to announce that a big winning pending standing will occur. I am informing you. In this embodiment, the advance notice is given on the condition that a big hit holding consecutive chan is generated, but it is also possible to give an advance notice of a gambling when there is no big hit holding consecutive chan. Further, it may also be performed when a small hit holding consecutive chan occurs instead of a big hit holding consecutive chan. Further, in this effect example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 42 (16a) and the timing shown in FIG. 42 (17a), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It is full (4).

In FIG. 42 (18a), a state in which the jackpot game is finished and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation of the holding icons h21 to h24 of the special drawing 2 is performed, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon which is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. Are displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/reserved number display region 284, the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "1", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (18a), the Kopanda character KPD is displayed on the left side of the center of the display screen to give an expectation to the jackpot holding consecutive chan. In the example of the effect shown in FIG. 42 (18a), since the jackpot holding consecutive chan is announced, the animation to be added to the total number of won award balls with respect to the number of award balls won in this big hit game is reserved. ing.

After that, in FIG. 42 (19a), the decorative symbols of "decoration 5" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the letters "reach!" are displayed. The reach production is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. At this time, the Kopanda character KPD moves while shrinking to the lower right part, and a balloon with the character "Matakitayo" is displayed on the right side of the character KPD, which has the expectation for a big hit by the holding consecutive chan. .. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (20a), "decoration 5" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the swing fluctuation is performed. At this time, a balloon with the character "I did it!" is displayed on the balloon displayed on the right side of the Kopanda character KPD to notify that the probability variation big hit is confirmed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (21a), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of 5R probability variation big hit confirmation of "decoration 5-decoration 5-decoration 5" is stopped and displayed, and the special symbol 2 No. 4 symbol is stopped and displayed with “◯”, and mini symbol is also stopped and displayed with a combination of “555”. On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is abandoned because the special figure 4 has become a big hit, and is lost, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, the decorative pattern display device 208 also displays a character display of "I did it." After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 42 (22a). Note that the effect shown in FIG. 42 (22a) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 39 (20b), and therefore description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 42 (23a) shows a state where the fifth round of the 5R certainty variation jackpot is finished and the jackpot finish effect is performed. When the big hit end production is started, the characters "big hit end small hit rush continued!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state) can be re-entered. Be informed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (23a), the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "1700+300+300pt", and 300 prize balls each are awarded in two big hits. It has been announced that they will be added to the 1700 balls previously acquired.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (24a), the big hit game is finished, and the state in which the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2 is shown. That is, the suspension of special figure 1 and the suspension of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. At this time, the character "small hit rush continues!" is displayed in the center of the display screen to inform that the small hit rush has been performed again. The character display of "small hit rush continues!" is then deleted. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 are moved and animated, and the holding icon at the display position of the first holding icon h21 (the holding icon that is the target of the current pattern change) ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special symbol 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol/reserved number display region 284, the reserved numbers of the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations of special figure 1 becomes "0", and the number of reservations of special figure 2 becomes "2". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbols 1 and 2 is also started in the fourth symbol/holding number display area 284. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (24a), the dressed bancho character TDR is displayed and an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the two big hit games is added to the total number of acquired prize balls. Is shown. After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (25a), the total number of award balls that has been set to "1700 pt" is added to the number of award balls of 600 obtained in this consecutive chan and updated to "2300 pt". There is. It should be noted that, in the present embodiment, since more than 2000 sharply-played game balls have been won, it is shown that a design with a large character "2000pt get!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

43 to 44 show another example of presentation of continuous notice during the small hit rush. The effects shown in FIGS. 43(1) to (17) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 35(a) to 35(p), and FIGS. 43(18) to 44(24). 33(l) to FIG. 33(r) except that the display of the number of jackpots and the display of the total number of awarded balls are different, the description thereof will be omitted. Note that, in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 43(7), the display mode of the countdown number (the number "1") is different from the display mode shown in FIG. It may be displayed in a manner. In this way, the countdown number may be displayed as a decorative character, which may indicate a high setting. Here, the number displayed as the decorative character is not limited to "1", and another number may be displayed, or the decorative character is displayed by all the numbers "3" to "0". You may do it. In this case, the higher the countdown number displayed as the decorative character, the higher the possibility of being set high.

In the present embodiment, in the effect examples of FIGS. 43 to 44, an effect of urging the operation of the effect button 136 in the symbol variation display which is the subject of continuous notice is performed, and when the effect button 136 is operated, the symbol variation is concerned. When the symbol variation display that is the subject of the continuous announcement together with the notice is suspended and the held symbol variation display includes a hit (big hit, small hit), an effect including a look-ahead notice is performed, When a big hit (normal big hit) that is a disadvantageous game state for the player is made out of the big hits, the pre-reading notice regarding the big hit is not given. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from being discouraged and lose the reliability of the advance notice due to the big hit that shifts to a game state that is disadvantageous to the player, even though the advance notice is given. In addition, in the case where the pattern fluctuation display that is the subject of continuous notice is suspended after the pattern fluctuation display that is held includes the normal big hit and the small hit, and when the normal big hit becomes after the small hit, , A notice production including a notice of advance of the variation and a notice of advance notice regarding a small hit (for example, a notice of advance notice indicating the number of small hits before usually becoming a big hit) is performed, but the symbol variation that is the subject of continuous notice When the design variation display suspended after the display is suspended includes the normal big hit, the effect without the pre-reading notice may be performed even if the small hit is included before that.

In the above description,
"Game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of the plurality of game states [for example, main controller 300 or the like],
With a symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.],
A gaming table equipped with
One of the plurality of game states is a first game state [eg, a normal game state (special figure low probability general figure low probability state), etc.]
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state), etc.]
One of the plurality of game states is a third game state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state), etc.,
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
When the big hit game is started in the first game state, there may be a case (hereinafter, referred to as "first case") of shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game [for example, FIG. As shown in, when the 5R probability variation big hit in the normal game state, transition to the battle mode after the big hit game related to the big hit, etc.],
In the first case, there is a case (hereinafter, referred to as “second case”) to shift from the second game state to the third game state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of alignment. Yes [for example, as shown in FIG. 20, when the game mode is changed from the normal game state to the battle mode, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times), and the electric power supply is removed, the big hit game The battle mode is switched to the small hit rush without starting, etc.],
When the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case (hereinafter, referred to as a "third case") that shifts to the second game state after the big hit game is finished [for example, FIG. As shown in, when the 5R probability variation big hit in the battle mode, the big hit game related to the big hit is switched to the battle mode again, etc.],
In the third case, there is a case (hereinafter, referred to as a "fourth case") that shifts from the second game state to the third game state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of sync. Yes [for example, as shown in FIG. 20, when the battle mode is changed to the battle mode again, a predetermined number (for example, 30th) of the symbol variation display of the special diagram 1 is executed and the electric power supply is removed, the big hit game. The battle mode is switched to the small hit rush without starting, etc.],
In the fourth case than in the second case, it is easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state with a small number of times of execution of the symbol variation display that is out of alignment [eg, As shown in FIG. 20, the average number of times of symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 in which the electric power supply is lost is smaller in the case of shifting to the battle mode by the route B than in the case of shifting to the battle mode by the route A, It is easy to shift from battle mode to small hit rush, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table characterized by the game control means.

Further, according to this gaming table, it is possible to alleviate disappointing feelings even when a big hit occurs without satisfying the symbol variation display sufficient for shifting to the third gaming state.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shifts to one of the plurality of gaming states. The control other than the control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the symbol display means may be capable of executing only the variable display of symbols, or may be capable of executing a display other than the variable display of symbols. Further, the symbol display means may be one that always executes the symbol variable display, or may be one that is capable of executing a display other than the symbol variable display.

Further, the game control means may be capable of transferring only the first game state, the second game state and the third game state, or the first game state, the second game state and the third game state. The game state other than the game state may be possible. Further, the game control means may be one that always shifts to the first gaming state, the second gaming state and the third gaming state, or the first gaming state, the second gaming state and the third gaming state. The game state may not be entered.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the big hit game is started and then only the second gaming state may be entered, or the big hit game is started in the first gaming state. Then, after the jackpot game is over, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the second game state. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first gaming state, it may be sure to shift to the second game state after the big hit game is ended, or when the big hit game is started in the first gaming state, There may be a case where the game state does not shift to the second game state after the jackpot game is over.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, there may be a case where the big hit game is moved to the second game state only after the big hit game is finished, and the big hit game is started in the first game state. Then, there may be a case where the game state shifts to the second game state other than after the end of the big hit game.

Further, in the first case, it may be possible to shift only from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of line, and in the first case, it is out of line. There may be a case where the symbol variation display is executed to shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the first case, the symbol variation display that is out of sync may be executed to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without fail, and in the first case, a symbol out of sync There may be a case where the variable display does not shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state.

Further, in the first case, it may be possible to shift from only the second game state to the third game state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of line, or in the first case, out of line. There may be a case where the symbol variation display is executed to shift from the gaming state other than the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Further, only in the first case, it may be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of the way, or other than the first case. Even in this case, it may be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of sync.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case where the big hit game is finished and only the second game state is entered, or the big hit game is started in the second game state. Then, after the jackpot game is over, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the second game state. In addition, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, it may be sure to shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, or when the big hit game is started in the second game state, There may be a case where the game state does not shift to the second game state after the jackpot game is over.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case where the big hit game is transferred to the second game state only after the big hit game is finished, and the big hit game is started in the second game state. Then, there may be a case where the game state shifts to the second game state other than after the end of the big hit game. In addition, when the big hit game is started only in the second game state, there may be a case where the big hit game is completed and then the second big game state is entered, or the big hit is made in a game state other than the second game state. When the game is started, it may be possible to shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game.

Further, in the third case, there may be a case where only the second gaming state is shifted to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display which is the off, and in the third case, the There may be a case where the symbol variation display is executed to shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the third case, the symbol variation display which is out of sync may be executed to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without fail, and in the third case, the symbol out of sync There may be a case where the variable display does not shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state.

Further, only in the third case, it may be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of the case, or in the case other than the third case Even in the case, it may be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display which is out of sync.

Further, in the fourth case than in the second case, it may be easier to shift from the second game state to the third game state only with a small number of times of execution of the symbol variation display which is out of sync. In the fourth case than in the second case, it may be easier to shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state with a small number of times of execution of the deviating symbol variation display. .. Further, in the fourth case than in the second case, it may be easier to surely shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state with a small number of times of execution of the symbol variation display which is out of sync. In the case of the fourth case than in the case of the second case, there may be a case where it is not easy to shift from the second game state to the third game state with a small number of times of execution of the symbol variation display which is out of order.

Further, in the fourth case than in the second case, it may be easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only with a small number of times of execution of the deviating symbol variation display, In the fourth case than in the second case, it may be easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in addition to the small number of times of execution of the symbol variation display, which is an outlier.

Further, "the game control means is a means that can select one type of fit number from a plurality of types of fit number when shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game [eg, FIG. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of times of symbol variation display of the special figure 1 that the electric power supply is omitted by the big hit symbol based on the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table],
The number of fits is the number of executions of the symbol variation display that is a deviation necessary to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without starting a big hit game,
The average number of fits selected in the third case is smaller than the average number of fits selected in the first case [eg, as shown in FIG. The average number of symbol fluctuation display of special figure 1 which is out of electric power support is smaller in the case of shifting to the battle mode by the route B than in the case of shifting to B. It is easy to shift from battle mode to small hit rush. ,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to always hold the expectation of shifting to the third gaming state.

Here, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of fit number from a plurality of types of fit numbers when shifting to the second gaming state after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game. When the game state shifts to the second game state after the end of, the number of fits other than one type may be selectable. Further, the game control means may be one that always selects one type of fit number from a plurality of types of fit numbers when the game state shifts to the second gaming state after the end of the big jackpot game, and ends the big hit game. It is also possible that one type of fit number may not be selected from a plurality of types of fit numbers when the game state is subsequently shifted to the second game state.

Further, the game control means may be capable of selecting one type of fit number from a plurality of types of fit numbers only when shifting to the second game state after completion of the big hit game, or of the big hit game. In a case other than the case of shifting to the second game state after the end, the number of fits of one type may be selectable from the number of fits of a plurality of types.

Further, only the average number of fits selected in the third case may be less than the average number of fits selected in the first case, or the number of fits selected in the first case. Other than the average of the number of fits selected in the third case may be smaller than the average. Further, the average of the number of fits selected in the third case may be smaller than the average of the number of fits selected in the first case, and the number of fits selected in the first case The average of the number of fits selected in the third case may be not less than the average.

Further, the average of the number of fits selected in the third case may be smaller than only the average of the number of fits selected in the first case, or the number of fits selected in the first case. The average of the number of fits selected in the third case may be smaller than those other than the average.

In addition, as a result of the execution of the symbol variation display, the jackpot game is started when one type of jackpot symbol of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed,
The plurality of types of big hit symbols are associated with the number of fits, respectively [for example, as shown in FIG. 15(a), the number of times of symbol variation display of special figure 1 in which electric jackpot is omitted by the big hit symbol is selected. Etc.],
One of the plurality of types of big hit symbols is a big hit symbol, which is a first big hit symbol [for example, "special figure E", etc.],
One of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is a jackpot symbol of the second type [for example, "special figure I", etc.],
The number of fits associated with the first jackpot pattern is a first number [eg, 50 times],
The number of fits associated with the second jackpot pattern is a second number [eg, 30 times],
The first number of times is more than the second number,
The probability that the first big hit symbol is displayed when a big hit occurs in the first gaming state [for example, the probability that "special figure E" is selected during non-electricity support is 35/100, etc.], The same probability that the second big hit symbol is displayed when the big hit occurs in the second gaming state [for example, the probability that "special figure I" is selected in the electric support is 35/100, etc.] is the same.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Note that the first number of times and the third number of times less than the second number of times (for example, 10 times) may be selected as the hitting number in the case of a big hit in the first gaming state, In the case of a big hit in the gaming state, it may be easier to select than in the first gaming state.

Here, as a result of the symbol variation display being executed, only one big-hit game may be started when one type of big-hit symbol is displayed, or the symbol variation display is executed. As a result, a game other than the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. In addition, as a result of the symbol variation display being executed, the jackpot game may be started without fail when one type of jackpot symbol of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, and the result of the symbol variation display being executed. The big hit game may not be started when one kind of big hit symbol of a plurality of kinds of big hit symbols is displayed.

In addition, as a result of the symbol variation display being executed, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the result of the symbol variation display being executed. The jackpot game may be started in a case other than the case where one type of jackpot symbol of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. Further, only in the result that the symbol variation display is executed, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the symbol variation display is executed. Even in a result other than the result, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Further, a plurality of types of jackpot designs may be associated with only the number of fits, or a plurality of types of jackpot designs may be associated with items other than the number of fits. In addition, a plurality of types of jackpot designs may be associated with the number of fits without fail, and a plurality of types of jackpot designs may not be associated with the number of fits.

Further, the plurality of kinds of big hit symbols may be only the first big hit symbol and the second big hit symbol, or may have big hit symbols other than the first big hit symbol and the second big hit symbol. Further, the first big hit symbol and the second big hit symbol may be always present, or the first big hit symbol and the second big hit symbol may not be present.

Further, the number of fits associated with the first jackpot pattern may be only the first number and the second number, or may be a number other than the first number and the second number. .. Further, the number of fits associated with the first large value symbol may be the first number and the second number without fail, or even if the first number and the second number are not present. Good.

Further, the first number of times may be more than the second number of times only, or may be more than the number of times other than the second number of times. Further, the first number may be always greater than the second number, or may be less than the second number.

In addition, only the probability that the first big hit symbol is displayed when the big hit occurs in the first gaming state and the probability that the second big hit symbol is displayed when the big hit occurs in the second gaming state are the same. May be there, the probability that the first big hit symbol is displayed when it is a big hit in the first gaming state, and the probability that the second big jackpot symbol is displayed when it is a big hit in the second gaming state Other probabilities may be the same. In addition, the probability that the first big hit symbol is displayed when the big hit in the first gaming state and the probability that the second big hit symbol is displayed when the big jackpot is displayed in the second gaming state are always the same. May be there, the probability that the first big hit symbol is displayed when it is a big hit in the first gaming state, and the probability that the second big jackpot symbol is displayed when it is a big hit in the second gaming state May not be the same.

In addition, "When the big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the big hit game is finished [for example, "special figure b" during the small hit rush ~ If you hit big with "special map f", after the big hit game related to the big hit ends, it shifts to the small hit rush again],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, once the game state shifts to the third gaming state, it may be possible to play while expecting a big hit.

Here, when the big hit game is started in the third gaming state, it may be possible to shift to only the third game state after the end of the big winning game, or the big hit game is started in the third gaming state. Then, after the jackpot game is over, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the third game state. Further, when the big hit game is started in the third gaming state, it may be sure to shift to the third game state after the end of the big winning game, or when the big hit game is started in the third gaming state, There may be a case where the game state does not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game is over.

In addition, when the big hit game is started in the third gaming state, there may be a case where the big hit game is moved to the third gaming state only after the big hit game ends, and the big hit game is started in the third gaming state. Then, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a third game state other than after the jackpot game is over. In addition, when the big hit game is started only in the third game state, there may be a case where it shifts to the third game state after the end of the big hit game, or a big hit in a game state other than the third game state. When the game is started, it may be possible to shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game.

In addition, "When the big hit game is started in the first game state, it may shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game [for example, in the normal game state, a big hit with "Special drawing B". Then, after the big hit game related to the big hit, shift to a small hit rush, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to give the player further expectation by having a big hit that can be achieved by shifting to the advantageous third gaming state at once.

Here, when the big hit game is started in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the big hitting game is started, and then only the third gaming state may be entered, or the big hitting game is started in the first gaming state. Then, after the jackpot game is over, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the third game state. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first gaming state, the game may be surely shifted to the third gaming state after the big hitting game is finished, or when the big hitting game is started in the first gaming state, There may be a case where the game state does not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game is over.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, there may be a case where the big hit game is moved to the third game state only after the big hit game is finished, and the big hit game is started in the first game state. Then, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a third game state other than after the jackpot game is over.

In addition, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case where the big hit game is transferred to the third game state after the end of the big hit game.

In addition, "first starting winning means [for example, special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 etc.],
A second starting winning means [for example, special figure 2 starting opening 232],
The symbol display means is a means including a first symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212 or the like] and a second symbol display means [for example, a second special symbol display device 214 or the like],
The first symbol display means can execute the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as "first symbol variation display") when there is a game ball entering the first starting winning means. It is a symbol display means,
The second symbol display means can execute the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as “second symbol variation display”) when a game ball is entered into the second starting winning means. It is a symbol display means,
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can change between a first state [for example, a shutter member 2311 closed state and the like] and a second state [for example, shutter 2311 opened state and the like]. ,
The second state is a state in which a game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state,
The second game state is a game state including a probability variation state and a power support state [eg, special figure high probability general figure high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including the probability variation state and the non-electric power support state [eg, special figure high probability general figure low probability state, etc.],
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the normal figure low probability state, the winning probability is 0%, In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 is likely to be open, etc.],
In the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display [eg, in the battle mode as shown in FIG. 21(b), the symbol variation of the special symbol 1 is shown. The display is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than the special figure 2],
In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [eg, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21(b), the symbol of special figure 2 The variation display is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 is more likely to be a big hit than the Toku-zu 2],
As a result of the execution of the second symbol variation display, when a small hit symbol [for example, "special figure g" etc.] is displayed, a second small hit game [for example, the second variable winning opening 235 is opened. Small hit game etc.] is started,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the symbol display means may include only the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, or the symbol display means other than the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. May be included. Further, the symbol display means may necessarily include the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, or may not include the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. It may be one.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing only the symbol variation display when there is a game ball entering the first starting winning means, or the first starting winning means It may be possible to execute other than the symbol variable display when there is a game ball entered in. Further, the first symbol display means may be one that always executes the symbol variation display when there is a game ball entering the first starting winning means, or to the first starting winning means. There may be a case where the symbol variable display is not executed when there is a game ball entered.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the variable display of symbols only when there is a game ball entering the first starting winning means, or the first starting winning means It is also possible to be able to execute the symbol variable display in a case other than the case where the game ball is entered.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing only the symbol variation display when there is a game ball entering the second starting winning means, or the second starting winning means It may be possible to execute other than the symbol variable display when there is a game ball entered in. Further, the second symbol display means may be one that always executes the symbol variable display when there is a game ball entering the second starting winning means, or to the second starting winning means There may be a case where the symbol variable display is not executed when there is a game ball entered.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the variable display of symbols only when there is a game ball entering the second starting winning means, or the second starting winning means It is also possible to be able to execute the symbol variable display in a case other than the case where the game ball is entered.

Further, the first starting winning means may be changeable only to the first state and the second state, or may be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. May be Further, the first starting winning means may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or it may not change to the first state and the second state. Good.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state, or the game ball is the first starting state than the first state. It may be a state other than the state in which it is easy to enter the winning means. Also, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the first starting winning means than the first state, or the game ball is the first starting state than the first state. There may be a case where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second game state may include only the probability variation state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probability variation state and the power support state. Further, the second game state may necessarily include the probability variation state and the electric support state, or may not include the probability variation state and the power support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probability variation state and the non-electric power support state, or may include a state other than the probability variation state and the non-electric power support state. Further, the third gaming state may necessarily include the probability variation state and the non-electric power support state, or may not include the probability variation state and the non-electric power support state.

Further, in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely to be in only the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be in the first state more easily than in the non-electric support state. The start winning means may be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means is more likely to be in the first state than in the non-electric support state. There may be a case where the starting winning means is not likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be in a state more likely to be in the second state than only the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, it is more than in the states other than the non-electric support state. It may be a state in which the first starting winning means is likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be more likely to be a big hit only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, first than the second symbol variation display. It may be possible to be a big hit easily even in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display. Also, in the second gaming state, it may be more likely to be a big hit in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, first than the second symbol variation display. There is a case where it is not easy to be a big hit in the symbol variable display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to be a big hit in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the gaming states other than the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display The first symbol variation display may be more likely than a big hit.

Also, in the third gaming state, it may be more likely to be a big hit only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display than the first symbol variation display. It may be possible to be a big hit easily even in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display. In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be larger than the first symbol variation display. There is a case where it is not easy to be a big hit in the symbol variable display.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be easier to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the gaming states other than the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display The second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit.

Further, as a result of the second symbol variation display is executed, only the second small hit game may be started when the small hit symbol is displayed, or the result of the second symbol variation display being executed. A game other than the second small hit game may be started when the small hit pattern is displayed. Also, as a result of the second symbol variation display is executed, the second small hit game may be started without fail when the small hit symbol is displayed, or the result of the second symbol variation display being executed. The second small hit game may not be started when the small hit pattern is displayed.

As a result of the second symbol variation display being executed, the second small hitting game may be started only when the small hit symbol is displayed, or the result of the second symbol varying display being executed, The second small hit game may be started other than when the small hit pattern is displayed.

In addition, there is a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed,
In the second gaming state, the gaming state is more advantageous when hitting to the right than when hitting to the left [eg, as shown in FIG. 7(b), when hitting to the right in the electric support state, Special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is easy to win, so the variable display of special figure 1 is easy to be executed, right hitting is more likely to be a big hit than left hitting, etc.],
In the third gaming state, the gaming state in which the right-handed hit is more advantageous than the case where the left-handed hit is performed [for example, as shown in FIG. 4(a), in the small hit rush, the right-handed hit is made. Because the result of the symbol variation display of the special diagram 2 which is executed by the winning of the game ball to the special diagram 2 starting opening 232 which can be won by this is easier to display the result than the symbol variation display of the special diagram 1, right-handed It is more likely to be a big hit],
It is possible to execute the first symbol variation display in a selected one variation time of a plurality of types of variation time,
It is possible to execute the second symbol variation display in a selected one variation time of a plurality of types of variation time,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected [for example, in battle mode, variation of special figure 2 As the time is selected to be a long fluctuation of 450 to 500 seconds, it is longer than the fluctuation time of Special Figure 1],
As a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first small hit game [for example, the first variable winning opening 234 is opened when a small hit symbol [for example, "Special drawing C" etc.] is displayed. Small hit game etc.] was started,
At least in the probability change state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. 14(b), the special symbol 1 Then all are small hits except for big hits, etc.],
During execution of the second symbol variation display, if one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. A shift symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means [for example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), when the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 2 is shown, a small hit or a big hit is being executed in Toku-zu 1. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 is abandoned and the symbol is displayed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed, and both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display There may be a case other than the case where is executed. Further, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may be in a state of being always executed, or both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being performed. There may be cases where there is no state.

Further, there may be a case where only both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed, and other than both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. There may be a case where the symbol variable display is also being executed.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the gaming state in which the right-handed player is more advantageous than the left-handed player may be advantageous, or the gaming state other than the second gaming state is more advantageous than the left-handed player. The gaming state may be more advantageous when hitting to the right. Also, in the second gaming state, the gaming state may be more advantageous in the case of right-handed than in the case of left-handed, and in the second gaming state, right-handed rather than left-handed. In some cases, the gaming state may not be more advantageous.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the gaming state in which the player plays the ball to the right may be more advantageous than the game to the left, or the gaming state other than the third gaming state may be more advantageous than the game to the left. The gaming state may be more advantageous when hitting to the right. Further, in the third gaming state, the gaming state may be more advantageous in the case of right-handing than in the case of left-handing, and in the third gaming state, it may be right-handing rather than left-handing. In some cases, the gaming state may not be more advantageous.

Further, the first symbol variation display may be executable only in the selected one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time, or the selected one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display in a variation time other than. Further, the first symbol variation display may be always executed in the selected one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time, or the first symbol variation display may be executed in the one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time. There may be a case where one symbol variable display is not executed.

Further, the second symbol variation display may be executable only in the selected one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time, or the selected one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time The second symbol variation display may be executable in a variation time other than. Further, the second symbol variation display may be always executed in the selected one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time, or the second symbol variation display may be executed in the selected one variation time of the plurality of types of variation time. The second variable display may not be executed.

Also, in the second gaming state, only the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected, and in the second gaming state The variable time other than the variable time of the second symbol variable display may be longer than the variable time of the first symbol variable display that can be selected. Further, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be always longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected, and in the second gaming state The variation time of the second symbol variation display may not be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected, and other than the second gaming state Even in the game state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected.

Further, as a result of the first symbol variation display being executed, only the first small hit game may be started when the small hit symbol is displayed, or the result of the first symbol variation display being executed. A game other than the first small hit game may be started when the small hit pattern is displayed. In addition, as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first small hit game may be started without fail when the small hit symbol is displayed, and as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, The first small hitting game may not be started when the small hitting symbol is displayed.

As a result of the first symbol variation display being executed, the first small hitting game may be started only when the small hit symbol is displayed, or as a result of the first symbol varying display being executed, The first small hitting game may be started in cases other than when the small hitting symbol is displayed. Also, only in the result that the first symbol variation display is executed, the first small hitting game may be started when the small hit symbol is displayed, or the result of the first symbol variation display being executed. Even in the results other than the above, the first small hit game may be started when the small hit pattern is displayed.

Further, at least in the probability variation state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, only one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, or at least the probability variation state, the first symbol variation. When the display result is displayed, a symbol other than one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed. Further, at least in the probability variation state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed without fail, or at least the probability variation state, the first symbol variation. When the display result is displayed, there is a case where either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is not displayed.

Further, at least in the probability variation state, only when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, or at least the probability variation state, the first symbol Even when the result of the variable display is not displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed. Further, at least in the probability variation state, when only the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, or at least the probability variation state, the first symbol variation. When a result other than the display result is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed.

Also, only in the probability variation state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, or in the state other than the probability variation state, the first symbol When the result of the variable display is displayed, one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed.

Further, during execution of the second symbol variation display, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display in execution is discarded and the first symbol variation display is discarded. When the second symbol display means may display only the deviation symbol, or when either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variable display. The second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and a symbol other than the shifted symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Further, during execution of the second symbol variation display, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display in execution is discarded and the first symbol variation display is discarded. If the second symbol display means may always display the shifted symbol, or while the second symbol variable display is being executed, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may not be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, during execution of the second symbol variation display, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display in execution is discarded and the first symbol variation display is discarded. If the second symbol display means may display a deviating symbol only, or during the execution of the second symbol variable display, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the deviating symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means other than the second symbol display means. Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, only the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. If the second symbol display means may display a deviation symbol, or while the second symbol variable display is being executed, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. The symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, during execution of the second symbol variation display, only when either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. The deviation symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, or one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variable display. Even in cases other than the case, the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the shift symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Further, only during the execution of the second symbol variation display, if one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. Misaligned symbols may be displayed on the second symbol display means, and one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means even during execution of the second symbol variable display. In the case, the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

In addition, "first variable winning means [for example, first variable winning opening 234 etc.],
A second variable winning means [for example, the second variable winning port 235, etc.],
Equipped with
When a small hit symbol [for example, "Special symbol C" etc.] is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means is opened,
When a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g" or the like] is displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means is opened,
Compared with the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying device and the first variable winning device is opened, the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying device and the second The prize winning balls are more likely to be paid out when the variable winning means is opened [for example, as shown in FIG. The variable winning port 234 makes a short opening at most twice, but it is practically difficult to enter the first variable winning port 234, and as shown in FIG. In such a case, the second variable winning port 235 is opened 12 times at the maximum, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 234 is easily dropped. Prize balls are easily paid out, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to increase the number of gaming balls only in the third gaming state.

Here, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying device, only the first variable winning device may be in the open state, or when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying device. Variable winning means other than the first variable winning means may be in an open state. Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying device, the first variable winning means may be always opened, and when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying device, There may be a case where one variable winning means is not opened.

Further, when only the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means may be in the open state, and the symbols other than the small hit symbol are displayed on the first symbol display means. Then, the first variable winning means may be opened.

Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying device, only the second variable winning means may be opened, or when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying device. The variable winning means other than the second variable winning means may be opened. Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying device, the second variable winning means may be always opened, or when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying device. The second variable winning means may not be opened.

Further, when only the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying device, the second variable winning means may be opened, and the symbols other than the small winning symbol are displayed on the second symbol displaying device. Then, the second variable winning means may be opened.

Further, as compared with the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means and the first variable winning means is in the open state, the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means and the second variable symbol is displayed. When the winning means is in the open state, only the prize balls may be more easily paid out, and the small winning symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. It may be easier to pay out something other than the prize ball when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is in the open state, than when it becomes .. Further, as compared with the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means and the first variable winning means is in the open state, the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means and the second variable symbol is displayed. When the winning means is in the open state, the prize balls may be more likely to be paid out, and the small winning symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. Even if the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is opened, the prize balls may not be easily paid out, Good.

Further, as compared with the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means and the first variable winning means is in the open state, the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means and the second variable symbol is displayed. Only when the winning means is in the open state, the prize balls may be easily paid out, or when the small winning symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. Further, the prize balls may be easily paid out even in the cases other than the case where the small hit symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is opened.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
"Holding means [for example, main control unit 300 or the like] capable of holding the start of the symbol variation display,
Pre-reading notice means capable of executing a plurality of types of pre-reading notice [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
A gaming table equipped with
One of the plurality of types of pre-reading notices is the first pre-reading notice [for example, FIG. 35(a) to FIG. 35(n) or FIG. 36(3) to FIG. Notice etc.]
The first pre-reading notice is a pre-reading notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as “first symbol variation display”) that is the target of the first pre-fetching notice is suspended [eg, As shown in FIG. 36(2) to FIG. 36(3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variable display relating to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the subject of the look-ahead notice is held. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may start the first effect during execution of the first symbol variation display [for example, shown in FIGS. 36(11) to (12)). As described above, when the production button 136 is operated, the bancho character TDR becomes huge and the display mode is changed to the one in which the clothes are torn, and a balloon with the words "3 small wins!" is displayed. There is a case where the effect display that is performed is executed],
The first effect, the first symbol variation information and information about the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as "second symbol variation display") suspended after the first symbol variation display is suspended. This is an effect of contents based on information including at least information related to display [for example, as shown in FIG. 36(12), the bancho character TDR becomes enormous and changes to a display mode in which clothes are broken, In the effect display in which a balloon with the words "3 hits per win!" is displayed, the result of the symbol fluctuation display, which is the subject of continuous notice, is a small hit, and the symbol of special map 2 that is being held Suggests that the variable display includes two small hits, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

According to the conventional game stand, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game stand, it is possible to provide a game stand having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, there are cases in which it is possible to expect a plurality of benefits in the variable display of the target of the prefetch notice.

Here, the suspending means may be capable of suspending only the start of the variable display of symbols, or may be capable of suspending other than the start of the variable display of symbols. Further, the holding means may always hold the symbol variable display, or may not hold the symbol variable display.

Further, the prefetching advance notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of prefetching advance notices, or may be capable of executing other than the plurality of types of prefetching advance notices. Further, the prefetching advance notice means may execute a plurality of types of prefetching advance notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of prefetching advance notices.

Further, the prefetching advance notice means may execute only the first prefetching notice, or may execute the prefetching notice other than the first prefetching notice. Further, the prefetching advance notice means may always execute the first prefetching advance notice, or may not execute the first prefetching advance notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol variation display which is the subject of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol variation which is the subject of the first look-ahead notice. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol variation display, which is the subject of the first look-ahead notice, is held, or the symbol variation, which is the subject of the first look-ahead notice. It may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a case where only the first effect may be started during execution of the first symbol variation display, or during execution of the first symbol variation display, The production other than the first production may be started in some cases. Further, the first prefetch notice may always start the first effect during execution of the first symbol variation display, or during execution of the first symbol variation display, the first The production may not be started in some cases.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Alternatively, the first effect may be started in some cases.

In addition, "the first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be executed when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display [for example, a symbol variation display that results in a small hit]. ,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the first look-ahead notice may be executed only when the first symbol variable display is a specific symbol variable display, or the first symbol variable display is specific. It may be executed in a case other than the case of variable display of symbols. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always executed when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display, or the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display. It may not be executed in some cases.

In addition, "the specific symbol variable display is a symbol variable display to which a certain privilege [for example, a small hit, etc.] is given,
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that the first effect may be executed when the second symbol variation display to which the certain privilege is to be given is suspended [eg, As shown in FIG. 36(12), the bancho character TDR has grown in size and the display has changed into a display mode in which the clothes have been torn, and a balloon with the characters "3 small wins!" May be started when the small variable hit is included in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 that is being held],
The first look-ahead notice, during execution of the first symbol variable display, when the second symbol variable display to which the certain privilege is to be given is not suspended, the first A second effect different from the effect [for example, as shown in FIG. 35(l), an effect display in which a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" is displayed together with the bancho character TDR] It is a pre-reading notice to start [for example, as shown in FIG. 35 (l), if the small variation is not included in the symbol variation display held after the symbol variation display which is the subject of the continuous announcement, the bancho is And the character TDR of "Small hit GET!"
The second effect is a notice effect that gives a notice that the certain privilege is given as a result of the first symbol variation display being executed.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to please the player at the time when the first prefetching notice is started.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be that only the first effect may be executed when the second symbol variable display, which is to be given a certain privilege, is suspended. Alternatively, an effect other than the first effect may be executed when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is given is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always execute the first effect when the second symbol variable display, which is to be given a certain privilege, is suspended, or In some cases, the first effect may not be executed when the second symbol variable display, which is to be given a special benefit, is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be that the first effect may be executed only when the second variable display in which a certain privilege is to be given is suspended. Alternatively, the first effect may be executed in a case other than the case where the second symbol variable display to which a certain privilege is given is not held.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be that only the first effect may be executed when the second symbol variable display that is to be given a certain privilege is not suspended. Alternatively, an effect other than the first effect may be executed when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is given is not suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always execute the first effect when the second symbol variable display to which a certain privilege is to be given is not held, There may be a case where the first effect is not executed when the second symbol variation display to which the privilege is given is not suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be that the first effect may be executed only when the second symbol variable display that is to be given a certain privilege is not suspended. Alternatively, the first effect may be executed in a case other than the case where the second symbol variable display to which a certain privilege is given is not held.

In addition, "a symbol variable display (hereinafter, "third symbol variable display [eg, FIG. 37]" in which the certain privilege is given to the symbol variable display suspended after the first effect is started. As shown in (21), the bancho character TDR becomes huge and the clothes change to a display mode in which the balloon with the characters "3 small hits!" is displayed. Which has been suspended after the start of the second suspension icon h22 and the third suspension icon h23, which is a variable display of symbols including a small hit, etc.]"). In this case, the first effect may continue until the provision of the certain privilege related to the third symbol variation display is started [for example, FIG. 37(12) to FIG. 38(22). As shown in FIGS. 39(23a) to (32a), the bancho character TDR becomes huge and the display mode is changed to the one in which the clothes are torn, and the characters "3 small wins!" When the symbol variation display that is a small hit is suspended after the effect display in which the balloons that have been displayed is started, as a result of the symbol variation display related to the suspension, continue until a small hit occurs, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, when the symbol variable display that is to be given a certain privilege is included in the symbol variable display that is suspended after the first effect is started, a certain privilege related to the symbol variable display It is possible that only the second pre-reading notice continues until the start of the granting, and that a certain privilege is granted to the symbol variation display that is suspended after the first effect is started. When the symbol variation display is included, the prefetching notice other than the second prefetching notice may be continued until the grant of a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is started. Further, when the symbol variation display that is to be given a certain privilege is included in the symbol variation display that is held after the first effect is started, a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is displayed. The second pre-reading notice may always continue until the grant is started, or a certain variable will be given to the symbol variable display that is held after the first effect is started. May be included, the second pre-reading notice may not continue until the grant of a certain privilege related to the symbol variable display is started.

Further, only when the symbol variable display that is to be given a certain privilege is included in the symbol variable display that is held after the first effect is started, the certain privilege related to the symbol variable display The second look-ahead notice may be continued until the start of giving, or a certain privilege will be given to the symbol variation display that is suspended after the first effect is started. Even in the case other than the case where the symbol variable display is included, the second pre-reading notice may be continued until the grant of a certain privilege related to the symbol variable display is started.

In addition, “at least one of the certain bonuses is displayed as a big hit [eg, a big hit etc. where “special drawing a” is displayed]” and a second big hit [eg, “special drawing b” to “special drawing f” is displayed. Jackpot etc.]
The first jackpot is a jackpot in which the gaming state changes before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot [eg, when a jackpot in "special figure a", a jackpot related to the jackpot). After the game is over, transition to challenge mode, etc.],
The second jackpot is a jackpot in which the gaming state does not change before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot [for example, when the jackpot is made by "special map b" to "special map f". , After the big hit game related to the big hit, shift to the small hit rush again, etc.],
The first look-ahead notice is to start the first effect during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended. There is a look-ahead notice [for example, the bancho character TDR shown in FIG. 39 (12b) becomes huge and the display mode is changed to the one in which the clothes are broken, and the characters "Tricolor!!!! One small hit and something Kita!" Performance display, etc. in which attached balloons are displayed],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead that starts the second effect during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display serving as the first jackpot is suspended. It is a notice [for example, as shown in FIGS. 43(12) to (24), the symbol variation display that is usually a big hit on the symbol variation display that is held after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the continuous announcement is suspended. Is included, the effect display is started in which a balloon with the characters “Small hits GET!” is displayed together with the bancho character TDR],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to prevent the player from being overly expected.

Here, the certain bonus may include only the first big hit and the second big hit, or may include big hits other than the first big hit and the second big hit. Further, the certain privilege may necessarily include at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot, or may include at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot. ..

Further, the first big hit may be one in which only the gaming state changes before and after the big hit game related to the first big hit, or after the big hit game related to the first big hit. Things other than the game state may change before and after the big hit game. Also, the first big hit may be one in which the gaming state always changes before and after the big hit game related to the first big hit, or after the big hit game related to the first big hit ends. The game state may not change before and after the big hit game.

Also, the first big hit may be one in which the gaming state changes before and after the big hit game related to the first big hit, or after the big hit game related to the first big hit ends. Besides, the gaming state may change before and after the big hit game.

Further, the second big hit may be one in which only the gaming state does not change before and after the big hit game related to the second big hit, or after the big hit game related to the second big hit ends. Before and after the big hit game, things other than the game state may not change. Also, the second big hit may be one in which the gaming state does not always change before and after the big hit game related to the second big hit, or after the big hit game related to the second big hit. The game state may change before and after the big hit game.

Also, the second big hit may be one in which the gaming state does not change before and after the big hit game related to the second big hit, or after the big hit game related to the second big hit ends. Besides, the game state may not change before and after the big hit game.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended. It may be one, and when the second symbol variation display, which is the second big hit, is suspended, start effects other than the first effect during execution of the first symbol fluctuation display. There may be In addition, the first look-ahead notice always starts the first effect during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended. Or, if the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended, even if the first effect may not be started during execution of the first symbol variation display. Good.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect during execution of the first symbol variation display only when the second symbol variation display that is the second jackpot is suspended. It may be one, even in the case other than the case where the second symbol variation display which is the second big hit is suspended, only the first effect is started during the execution of the first symbol variation display. There may be something.

Further, the first look-ahead notice is to start only the second effect during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended. Alternatively, if the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended, even if a production other than the second production is started during execution of the first symbol variation display. Good. In addition, the first look-ahead notice always starts the second effect during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended. Or, if the second symbol variation display, which is the first big hit, is suspended, even if the second effect may not be started during execution of the first symbol variation display. Good.

Further, the first look-ahead notice starts the second effect during execution of the first symbol variation display only when the second symbol variation display, which is the first big hit, is suspended. May also be, in the case other than the case where the second symbol variation display, which is the first big hit, is suspended, the second effect is started during execution of the first symbol variation display. Good.

In addition, “a game control means [eg, a control unit 300 or the like] capable of executing control to shift to one of the plurality of game states is provided,
One of the plurality of game states is a first game state [eg, a normal game state (special figure low probability general figure low probability state), etc.]
One of the plurality of game states is a third game state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state), etc.,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The certain privilege includes a small hit,
The third gaming state is a small hitting game in which prize balls are easily paid out [for example, a small hitting game in which the second variable winning port 235 is opened and closed a maximum of 12 times as a small hit in "Special figure g", etc.] Is a game state that is easy to start,
When the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variable display until the first symbol variable display is started is lost [for example, FIG. 35(c) to FIG. As shown in (h), the symbol variation display is off from the start of the continuous announcement to the start of the symbol variation display that is the subject of the continuous announcement, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the third gaming state does not end while the first prefetching notice is being executed, which may reassure the player.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shifts to one of the plurality of gaming states. The control other than the control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the game control means may be capable of executing only control for shifting to the first gaming state and the third gaming state, or control for shifting to the first gaming state and the third gaming state. Control other than the above may be executable. In addition, the game control means may always execute control for shifting to the first gaming state and the third gaming state, or control for shifting to the first gaming state and the third gaming state. It may not be executed.

Further, the game control means may be capable of executing control to shift to only the first gaming state and the third gaming state, or a gaming state other than the first gaming state and the third gaming state. It is also possible to be able to execute control for shifting to.

Further, the third gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state alone, or may be a gaming state that is more advantageous than gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may not be a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, a certain privilege may include only a small hit or may include a small hit. Further, a certain privilege may or may not include a small hit.

Further, the third gaming state may be one in which only a small hitting game in which prize balls are easily paid out is easily started, or a game other than the small hitting game in which prize balls are easily paid out is easily started. May be Further, the third gaming state may be one in which a small hit game in which prize balls are easily paid out is likely to be started, and a small hit game in which prize balls are easily paid out may not be easily started. It may be one.

Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, only the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be out of place, or in the third gaming state. When the first look-ahead notice is started, the symbol variable display other than the symbol variable display until the first symbol variable display is started may be discontinued. Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be always off, or in the third gaming state. When the first look-ahead notice is started, the symbol variable display until the first symbol variable display is started may not be lost.

Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until only the first symbol variation display is started may be off, or in the third gaming state. When the first look-ahead notice is started, the symbol variable display until the symbol variable display other than the first symbol variable display is started may be lost. Further, when only the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be off, or in the third gaming state When a pre-reading notice other than the first pre-reading notice is started, the symbol variable display until the first symbol variable display is started may be out of order. Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started only in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be off, or other than the third gaming state. When the first look-ahead notice is started in the game state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be out of place. The read-ahead notice is a second read-ahead notice [eg, a hold notice shown in FIG. 42(12a)].
The second pre-reading notice is a pre-reading notice that may be started when the second symbol variable display that is to be given the certain privilege [eg, probability variation big hit etc.] is suspended [ For example, as shown in FIG. 42 (12a), when the symbol variation display which is the subject of continuous announcement is suspended and the suspended symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the suspension announcement is started. Etc.],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice,
The second pre-reading notice is a pre-reading notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the second look-ahead notice may be started only when the second symbol variable display, which is to be given a certain privilege, is suspended, or a certain privilege. It may be started other than the case where the second symbol variable display to be given is suspended. Further, the second pre-reading notice may always be started when the second symbol variable display, which is to be given a certain privilege, is suspended, or the second pre-reading notice is to be given a certain privilege. It may not be started when the second symbol variable display is suspended.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
"Game control means [for example, control unit 300 or the like] capable of executing control to shift to one of the plurality of game states,
First starting winning means [for example, special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231],
A second starting winning means [for example, special figure 2 starting opening 232],
A first symbol display means [eg, a first special symbol display device 212 or the like] capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first starting prize winning means,
With a second symbol display means [eg, a second special symbol display device 214 or the like] capable of executing a second symbol variable display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means.
A gaming table equipped with
In some cases, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed,
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state), etc.]
One of the plurality of game states is a third game state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability general figure low probability state), etc.,
The third gaming state is a gaming state different from the second gaming state,
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can change between a first state [for example, a shutter member 2311 closed state and the like] and a second state [for example, shutter 2311 opened state and the like]. ,
The second state is a state in which a game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state,
The second game state is a game state including a power support state [eg, universal figure high probability state],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a non-electric power support state [for example, a universal figure low probability state],
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, the probability of hit is 0% in the state of low probability of universal figure, the probability of high probability of universal figure is high. In the state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 is likely to be opened.],
In the second gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the third gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display [for example, in the battle mode as shown in FIG. 21(b), The symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a short variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is a long variation, and the time of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is shorter than the time of the symbol variation display of special figure 2. etc],
In the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display [eg, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21(b). The symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 is a long fluctuation, and the time of the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 2 is longer than the time of the symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1. Short etc.],
When the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, a big hit symbol [for example, "special symbol A", "special symbol B", "special symbol E" to "special symbol Q", etc.) and a small hit symbol [for example, "Special figure C" or the like] is displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. 14(b), in the special figure 1, all but the big hits are small hits, etc.],
As a result of the second symbol variation display, a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g" etc.] may be displayed,
The small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting pattern in the second symbol changing display is more prized than the small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting symbol in the first symbol changing display. It is easy for the balls to be paid out. [For example, as shown in FIG. 4(a), in the case of a small hit in the special figure 1, the first variable winning a prize port 234 performs a short opening up to two times, Substantially it is difficult to enter the first variable winning port 234, and as shown in FIG. 4(b), when a small hit occurs in the special figure 2, the second variable winning port 235 is the maximum. Twelve short openings are performed, and the game balls flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning port 234 are easily dropped, so that the prize balls are easily paid out, etc.],
During the execution of the second symbol variation display, when a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. The symbol display means displays a shift symbol [for example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), during the symbol variation display of the special symbol 2, the symbol of the special symbol 2 being executed when the small hit or the big hit is reached in the special symbol 1. The variable display is discarded and the outlying pattern is displayed, etc.],
When the first symbol variation display of a certain number of times [for example, 51 times] is started after shifting to the second gaming state, shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state Then
The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioned to the third game state is the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Shorter than
By displaying a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variable display is discarded and a shift symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means [for example, FIG. 22]. As shown in (b), the fluctuation time of the special drawing 1 and the fluctuation time of the special drawing 2 at the start of the 51st symbol fluctuation display of the special drawing 1 are the fluctuation times that can be selected in the battle mode. The variation time of the special figure 1 is shorter than the variation time of FIG. 2, and therefore, the small hit symbol is displayed first in the special figure 1 and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is discarded and the outlier symbol is displayed. etc],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the symbol display means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table characterized by the symbol display means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, the condition for shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is to start the first symbol variation display for a certain number of times, and thus shifts to the third gaming state. Since the second symbol variation display at the time can be reliably discarded by displaying the result of the first symbol variation display, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state can be made smooth. Sometimes you can.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shifts to one of the plurality of gaming states. The control other than the control may be executable. Further, the game control means may execute a control for always shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states, or a control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing only the first symbol variation display when there is a game ball entering the first starting winning means, or It may be possible to execute a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the starting winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may be one that always executes the first symbol variation display when there is a game ball entering the first start winning means, or the first start. There may be a case where the first symbol variable display is not executed when there is a game ball entering the winning means.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the first symbol variation display only when there is a game ball entering the first starting winning means, or It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display even in the case other than the case where the game ball enters the starting winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing only the second symbol variable display when there is a game ball entering the second starting winning means, or the second It may be possible to execute a symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the starting winning means. In addition, the second symbol display means may be one that always executes the second symbol variable display when there is a game ball entering the second start winning means, or the second start. The second symbol variable display may not be executed when there is a game ball in the winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variable display only when there is a game ball entering the second starting winning means, or the second The second symbol variable display may be executed in a case other than the case where the game balls enter the starting winning means.

Further, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed, and both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are There may be cases other than the case of being in the running state. In addition, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are always executed, and both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are It may not be in the running state.

Further, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are only being executed, and both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are It may be in a state other than the running state.

Further, the game control means may be able to shift only to the second gaming state and the third gaming state, or may shift to the gaming states other than the second gaming state and the third gaming state. It may be anything. Further, the game control means may be one that always shifts to the second gaming state and the third gaming state, or may not shift to the second gaming state and the third gaming state. May be.

Further, the first starting winning means may be changeable only to the first state and the second state, or may be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. May be Further, it may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or one that may not change to the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state, or the game ball is the first starting state than the first state. It may be a state in which it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Also, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the first starting winning means than the first state, or the game ball is the first starting state than the first state. It may be a case where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state alone, or the game ball is in the first state more than in the states other than the first state. It may be in a state in which it is easy to enter the starting winning means.

The second game state may include only the electric support state, or may include a state other than the electric support state. Further, the second game state may necessarily include the electric support state, or may be a state that may not include the electric support state.

The third gaming state may include only the non-electric power support state, or may include a state other than the non-electric power support state. The third gaming state may include a non-electric power support state without exception, or may be a state that may not include the non-electric power support state.

Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric supporting state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely than in the non-electric supporting state. May easily be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting prize means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, only the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting prize means may be easier than in the non-electric support state. The winning means other than the above may be likely to be in the second state. In the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state only. The starting winning means may be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, there may be a case where the game ball enters only the second starting winning means, and in the second gaming state, to the winning means other than the second starting winning means. There may be a case where a game ball enters. Further, in the second gaming state, the game ball may enter the second starting winning means without fail, or in the second gaming state, the gaming ball may not enter the second starting winning means. It may be.

Further, only in the second game state, there may be a case where a game ball enters the second starting winning means, and even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, to the second starting winning means. There may be a case where a game ball enters.

In addition, in the third gaming state, the game ball may enter only the second starting winning means, or in the third gaming state, to the winning means other than the second starting winning means. There may be a case where a game ball enters. Further, in the third gaming state, the game ball may enter the second starting winning means without fail, or in the third gaming state, the gaming ball may not enter the second starting winning means. It may be.

In addition, only in the third gaming state, there may be a case where the game ball enters the second starting winning means, and even in gaming states other than the third gaming state, the second starting winning means is used. There may be a case where a game ball enters.

Also, only in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, The variation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. Also, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be always shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol The variation time of the first symbol variation display may not be shorter than the variation time of the variation display.

Also, only in the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display, or in gaming states other than the third gaming state, The variation time of the second symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display. Also, in the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be always shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol The variation time of the second symbol variation display may not be shorter than the variation time of the variation display.

Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, only one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, the big hit Symbols other than the symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed. In addition, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed without fail, and when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, the big hit symbol. There may be a case where either one of the symbol and the small hit symbol is not displayed.

Further, only when the result of the first symbol variable display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, or except when the result of the first symbol variable display is displayed. In the case of either, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed.

Further, as a result of the second symbol variation display, only the small hit symbol may be displayed, or as a result of the second symbol variable display, a symbol other than the small hit symbol may be displayed. Good. Further, as a result of the second symbol variation display, the small winning symbol may be displayed without fail, or as a result of the second symbol variable display, the small symbol symbol may not be displayed.

In addition, there may be a case where the small hit symbol is displayed only in the result of the second symbol variable display, and in the result other than the result of the second symbol variable display, when the small hit symbol is displayed. There may be.

In addition, the small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting pattern in the second symbol changing display is more award than the small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting symbol in the first symbol changing display. Only the sphere may be easily paid out, or rather than the small hit game that is executed by displaying the small hit symbol in the first symbol fluctuation display, the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol fluctuation display The small hit game may be easier to pay out other than the prize ball. In addition, the small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting pattern in the second symbol changing display is more award than the small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting symbol in the first symbol changing display. The ball may be easily paid out, or rather than the small hitting game that the small winning symbol is displayed and displayed in the first symbol variation display, the small winning symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display There may be a case where the small hit game that is performed is less likely to pay out the prize balls.

Also, rather than the small hit game that is executed by displaying the small hit symbol in the first symbol variation display, only the small hit game that is executed by displaying the small hit symbol in the second symbol variation display is executed. The prize balls may be easily paid out, and in addition to those of the small hit game in which the small hit pattern is displayed in the first symbol fluctuation display, the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol fluctuation display. The small hit game that is executed may be easier to pay out the prize balls.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol is displayed. Only the shift symbol may be displayed on the display means, or when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variable display, the second symbol being executed. The symbol variable display may be discarded and symbols other than the offset symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol is displayed. The deviation symbol may be always displayed on the display means, and when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variable display, the second symbol being executed. There is a case where the symbol variable display is discarded and the misaligned symbol is not displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol is displayed. The deviation symbol may be displayed only on the display means, or when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variable display, the second symbol being executed. The symbol variable display may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means other than the second symbol display means. Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, only the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. A deviation symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, and when a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variable display, the second symbol being executed. The symbol variable display other than the symbol variable display may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, during execution of the second symbol variation display, if only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. Mismatched symbols may be displayed on the symbol display means, or when a symbol other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variable display, The second symbol variation display may be discarded and a misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed only in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. Misaligned symbols may be displayed on the symbol display means, and when a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed on the symbol display means other than the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variable display, execution The second symbol variation display in the inside may be discarded, and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, only during the execution of the second symbol variation display, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. A deviation symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, and when a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means other than during execution of the second symbol variable display, the symbol being executed is displayed. The second symbol variable display may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

In addition, when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the transition to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state only, or the second When the first symbol variation display of a certain number of times is started after shifting to the gaming state, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state without fail, and the second When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the gaming state, there may be a case where the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state.

Further, only when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the transition to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state, or Even in cases other than when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the transition to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state. Further, when the first symbol variation display is started for a certain number of times after shifting only to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state. When the first symbol variation display of a certain number of times is started after shifting to the gaming state other than the gaming state, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Also, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioning to the third gaming state is more than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. In short, only the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variable display is started and the third game. The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when shifting to the state is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed, and the first symbol display device has a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol. By being displayed, the symbol variable display other than the second symbol variable display may be discarded. Also, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioning to the third gaming state is more than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Short, the second symbol variation display may be always discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variable display is started and the third game The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when shifting to the state is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed, and the first symbol display device has a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol. The second variable display may not be discarded by being displayed.

Also, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioning to the third gaming state is more than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Short, the second symbol variable display may be discarded by displaying only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variable display is started and the third game The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when transitioning to the state is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed, and other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device. The second symbol variable display may be discarded by displaying the symbol. Also, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioning to the third gaming state is more than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Short, the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol only on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variable display is started and the third game The variation time of the first symbol variation display that is being executed when the state shifts is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display that is being executed, and a jackpot symbol is displayed on a symbol display device other than the first symbol display device. Alternatively, the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the small hit symbol.

In addition, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioning to the third gaming state is made only from the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Also short, the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variation display is started and the third game The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when transitioning to the state is shorter than the variation time other than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed, and the big hit symbol or the first symbol display device. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the small hit symbol.

Also, "after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, both the first symbol variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended. In this case, the second symbol variation display is started before the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21(a), the second state update process is executed and then the special symbol 1 Since the sequence is a sequence for executing the state update process, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is started first, and then the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is started, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the small symbol may be displayed on the first symbol display means in the second gaming state, whereby the second symbol variable display may be surely discarded.

Here, after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, if both the first symbol variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended, the first symbol Only the second symbol variation display may be started prior to the symbol variation display, or after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol When both the variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended, the symbol variable displays other than the second symbol variable display may be started prior to the first symbol variable display. Further, after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, if both the first symbol variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended, the first The second symbol variation display may always be started prior to the symbol variation display, and after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol variation When both the display and the second symbol variation display are suspended, the second symbol variation display may not be started before the first symbol variation display.

Also, after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, only when both the first symbol variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended, The second symbol variation display may be started before the one symbol variation display, or after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol Even in cases other than when both the variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended, the second symbol variable display may be started prior to the first symbol variable display. Further, only after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, if both the first symbol variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended, the The second symbol variation display may be started prior to the one symbol variation display, and besides after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, When both the one symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended, the second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display.

Also, in the "second game state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is determined regardless of the number of the first symbol variation display being held,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, when the second gaming state is transitioned to the third gaming state, regardless of the number of the first symbol variation display being held, for example, the shortening variation is quickly performed to make the second variation. By discarding the variable display of symbols, it may be possible to smoothly shift the game state.

Here, in the second gaming state, only the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of the first symbol variation display being held, and in the second gaming state, the first Regardless of the number of symbols variable display held, things other than the variation time of the first symbol variable display may be determined. Also, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may always be determined regardless of the number of the first symbol variation display held, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol The variation time of the first symbol variation display may not be determined regardless of the number of variation display pending.

Also, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of only the number of the first symbol variation display being held, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol The variable time of the first symbol variable display may be determined regardless of the number other than the number of variable display pending. Further, only in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of the first symbol variation display being held, and in gaming states other than the second gaming state. The variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of the first symbol variation display being held.

Further, "One of the plurality of types of game states is a first game state [for example, a normal game state (special figure low probability general figure low probability state), etc.],
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
In the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display is discarded by being displayed [for example, in the normal gaming state as shown in FIG. 21(a), the variation time of the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is 450 to 500 seconds long. It is fluctuation, because the time of the symbol fluctuation display of special figure 1 is shorter than the time of the symbol fluctuation display of special figure 2, the big hit design or the small hit design is indicated with special figure 1 and the symbol fluctuation of special figure 2 The display is discarded, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if there is a possibility of a small hit in the second symbol variation display, it can be surely discarded by the first symbol variation display, so the second symbol variation in the first gaming state. In some cases, it may be possible to prevent an unintended ball from being obtained by making a small hit on the display.

Here, in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. Only the second symbol variation display may be discarded by being done, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. The symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display means. Further, in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. By doing so, the second symbol variation display may be always discarded, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, There may be a case where the second symbol variation display is not discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display means.

Also, in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by being done, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, The second symbol variable display may be discarded by displaying a symbol other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display means. Also, in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed only on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by being done, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the symbol display means other than the first symbol display means.

Also, only in the first game state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by being done, and even in a gaming state other than the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is longer than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. The shorter one, the second symbol variable display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display means.

Further, “In the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display is discarded by displaying a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the second symbol display means [eg, FIG. 22(b). As shown in, in the small hit rush, the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a short variation, the variation time of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a long variation of 450 to 500 seconds, and the symbol variation of the special figure 1 Since the time for the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is shorter than the display time, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is discarded, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, only the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, or in the third gaming state. The symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means. Further, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be always discarded by displaying a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, or in the third gaming state, There may be a case where the first symbol variation display is not discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means.

Further, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variable display may be discarded by displaying only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, or in the third gaming state, The first symbol variable display may be discarded by displaying a symbol other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means. Further, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol only on the second symbol display means, or in the third gaming state, The first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the symbol display means other than the second symbol display means.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, or other than the third gaming state. Even in the game state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means.

In addition, "first variable winning means [for example, first variable winning opening 234 etc.],
A second variable winning means [for example, a second variable winning port 235],
Equipped with
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of changing between a third state [for example, a state where the shutter member 2341 is retracted] and a fourth state [for example, a state where the shutter member 2341 is projected]. Yes,
The fourth state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first variable winning means than the third state,
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of changing between a fifth state [for example, a state where the shutter member 2351 is projected] and a sixth state [for example, a state where the shutter member 2351 is retracted]. Yes,
The sixth state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second variable winning means than the fifth state,
When a small hit symbol [for example, "special drawing C" or the like] is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means becomes the fourth state. The small hit game [for example, a small hit game in which the first variable winning port 234 is opened twice at the maximum short time] is started.
When a small hit symbol [for example, "special figure g" etc.] is displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means is in the sixth state. "Small hit game [for example, a small hit game in which the second variable winning port 235 is opened up to 12 times for a short time]" is started.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to easily win the payout only when a small hit occurs in the second symbol variation display of the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. ..

Here, the first variable winning means may be changeable only to the third state and the fourth state, or may be changed to a state other than the third state and the fourth state. It may be one. Further, the first variable winning means may be one that always changes to the third state and the fourth state, or it may not change to the third state and the fourth state. Good.

Also, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first variable winning means than the third state, or the game ball is the first variable in the third state. It may be a state in which it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the first variable winning means than the third state, or the game ball is the first variable state than the third state. There may be cases where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the first variable winning means than the third state alone, or the game ball is in the first state more than in the states other than the third state. It may be in a state in which it is easy to enter one variable winning means.

The second variable winning means may be changeable only to the fifth state and the sixth state, or may be changed to a state other than the fifth state and the sixth state. May be In addition, the second variable winning means may be one that always changes to the fifth state and the sixth state, or it may not change to the fifth state and the sixth state. Good.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the second variable winning means than in the fifth state, or the game ball is in the second variable state than in the fifth state. It may be a state in which it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the game balls are more likely to enter the second variable winning means than the fifth state, or the game balls are second variable than in the fifth state. There may be cases where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second variable winning means than the fifth state alone, or the game ball is in the first state more than the states other than the fifth state. It may be a state in which it is easy to enter the second variable winning means.

Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying device, only the small winning game in which the first variable winning device is in the fourth state may be started, or the small symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying device. A game other than the small hit game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state when the winning symbol is displayed may be started. Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means, the small winning game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started without fail, and the small symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means. There may be a case where the small hitting game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state is not started when the winning symbol is displayed.

Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means, the small winning game in which only the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started, and the small symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means. When the winning symbol is displayed, the small hitting game in which the winning means other than the first variable winning means are in the fourth state may be started. Further, when only the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the small hit game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started, or the small symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. Even if a symbol other than the winning symbol is displayed, the small winning game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started. Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed only on the first symbol displaying device, the small winning game in which the first variable winning device is in the fourth state may be started, or in addition to the first symbol displaying device. When the small hit symbol is displayed on the symbol display means, the small hit game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started.

Further, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means, only the small winning game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started, or the small symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means. A game other than the small hit game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state when the winning symbol is displayed may be started. Also, when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means, the small winning game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started without fail, and the small symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means. There may be a case where the small hitting game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state is not started when the winning symbol is displayed.

Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, the small hit game in which only the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started, or the small symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means. When the winning symbol is displayed, the small hitting game in which the winning means other than the second variable winning means are in the sixth state may be started. Further, when only the small hitting symbols are displayed on the second symbol displaying means, the small hitting game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started, or the small symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means. Even if a symbol other than the winning symbol is displayed, the small hitting game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started. Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed only on the second symbol display means, the small hit game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started, or in addition to the second symbol display means. When the small hit symbol is displayed on the symbol display means, the small hit game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started.

In addition, “the second time is longer than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game [eg, short opening of 0.2 seconds×maximum two times]. In the small hit game, the total time for which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state [for example, 0.2 times second short opening×maximum 12 times] is longer,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to easily win the payout only when a small hit occurs in the second symbol variation display of the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. ..

Here, in the first small hit game, the first variable winning means is in the fourth state, the total time in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state, in the second small winning game. It may be longer only, the second variable winning means in the second small hit game is the first in the second small winning game than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game. The time other than the total time of the six states may be longer. In addition, in the first small hit game, the first variable winning means is in the fourth state, and in the second small hit game, the second variable winning means is in the sixth state. It may be longer, and the second variable winning means in the second small hitting game is the sixth in the second small hitting game than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hitting game. There is a case in which the total time of being in the state is not longer.

Also, the total time during which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state only in the second small hitting game, rather than the total time during which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hitting game. May be longer, the second variable prize in games other than the second small hit game, rather than the total time that the first variable prize means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game. The total time for which the means is in the sixth state may be longer. Also, the total time for which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state in the second small hit game is more than the total time for which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state only in the first small hit game. May be longer, the second variable prize in the second small hit game than the total time that the first variable prize means is in the fourth state in games other than the first small hit game. The total time for which the means is in the sixth state may be longer.

In addition, "a deceleration means for reducing the flow velocity of the game ball [for example, a rear first rib 23r1, a rear lateral rib 23r2, a rear second rib 23r3, a front first rib 23f1, a front lateral rib 23f2, a front second rib] Rib 23f3, ball guide ribs 23f6-23f8, etc.],
In the second game state, a right hit is more likely to be a big hit than a left hit [for example, as shown in FIG. 7(b), in the electric support state, a right hit is a special figure 1 Since it is easy to win the starting opening (variable) 231, the variable display of the special figure 1 is easily executed, and the right hitting is more likely to be a big hit than the left hitting, etc.],
In the third gaming state, the right hit is more likely to be a big hit than the left hit [for example, as shown in FIG. 4(a), in the small hit rush, a right hit is awarded Possible special figure 2 Because the symbol variation display of special figure 2 which is executed by the winning of the game sphere to starting mouth 232 is easier to display the result than the symbol variation display of special figure 1, right hitting becomes the big hit Easy],
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means having a first shutter member [for example, a shutter member 2341 etc.] that can move forward and backward.
The third state is a state in which the first shutter member is retracted rearward,
The fourth state is a state in which the first shutter member protrudes forward,
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means having a second shutter member [for example, a shutter member 2351, etc.] that can move forward and backward.
The fifth state is a state in which the second shutter member is projected forward,
The sixth state is a state in which the second shutter member is retracted rearward,
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of entering a game ball rolling from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state [eg, FIG. ), the game ball that has rolled from one end to the other end of the protruding shutter member 2341 enters the first variable winning port 234, etc.],
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of entering by dropping a game ball rolling on the second shutter member when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state. [For example, as shown in FIG. 4(b), when the shutter member 2351 is retracted from the projecting state, the game ball rolling on the shutter member 2351 falls and the second variable winning is achieved. Enter the mouth 235, etc.],
The second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and the game ball that has not entered the second variable winning means is the first variable winning means. Guided by the variable winning means [for example, as shown in FIG. 7(a), the second variable winning opening 235 is arranged on the upstream side of the first variable winning opening 234 in the downward direction of the game ball, and the shutter member 2351 is provided. The game balls that have not entered the second variable winning port 235 in the protruding state are guided to the first variable winning port 234, etc.],
The deceleration means is means for reducing the flow-down speed of at least the game ball rolling on the second shutter member [eg, as shown in FIG. 6, a rear first rib 23r1 and a rear lateral rib 23r2. , The rear side second rib 23r3, the front side first rib 23f1, the front side horizontal rib 23f2, the front side second rib 23f3, the ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8 to decelerate the game ball rolling on the shutter member 2351],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the deceleration means may reduce only the flow velocity of the game ball, or may reduce the velocity other than the flow velocity of the game ball. Further, the deceleration means may be one that necessarily reduces the flow-down speed of the game ball, or may be one that does not reduce the flow-down speed of the game ball.

Also, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot when hitting the right side than when hitting the left side, and in the second gaming state, when hitting the right side more than when hitting the left side. May be something other than a big hit. Also, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit big when hitting the right than when hitting left, and in the second gaming state, when hitting right than when hitting left May not be a big hit.

Also, only in the second game state, it may be easier to hit big when hitting right than when hitting left, and even when playing in a state other than the second game state, hitting right rather than hitting left If you do, it may be more likely to be a big hit.

Also, in the third gaming state, it may be more likely to be a big hit only when hitting to the right than when hitting to the left, and in the third gaming state, when hitting to the right more than when hitting to the left. May be something other than a big hit. Also, in the third gaming state, a right hit may be more likely to be a big hit than a left hit, and in the third gaming state, a right hit may be better than a left hit. May not be a big hit.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be more likely to be a big hit when hitting to the right than when hitting to the left, and even in gaming states other than the third gaming state, when hitting to the right, hitting to the right If you do, it may be more likely to be a big hit.

Further, the first variable winning means may have only a first shutter member capable of moving forward and backward, or may have a member other than the first shutter member capable of moving forward and backward. It may be. Further, the first variable winning means may necessarily have a first shutter member capable of moving forward and backward, or may not have a first shutter member capable of moving forward and backward. May be

In addition, the third state may be a state in which the first shutter member is retracted only to the rear, or a state in which the first shutter member is retracted to other than the rear. Further, the third state may be a state in which the first shutter member is always retracted rearward, or a state in which the first shutter member may not be retracted rearward.

Further, in the fourth state, the first shutter member may project only to the front side, or the first shutter member may project to a position other than the front side. In addition, the fourth state may be a state in which the first shutter member always protrudes forward, or a state in which the first shutter member may not protrude forward.

The second variable winning means may have only a second shutter member that can move forward and backward, or can have a member other than the second shutter member that can move forward and backward. It may be. Further, the second variable winning means may necessarily have a second shutter member that can move forward and backward, or may not have a second shutter member that can move forward and backward. May be

The fifth state may be a state in which the second shutter member projects only forward, or a state in which the second shutter member projects other than forward. In addition, the fifth state may be a state in which the second shutter member always protrudes forward, or a state in which the second shutter member may not protrude forward.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the second shutter member is retracted only to the rear, or a state in which the second shutter member is retracted to other than the rear. Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the second shutter member is always retracted rearward, or a state in which the second shutter member may not be retracted rearward.

Further, the first variable winning means may be one in which only the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state can enter the ball. In the four states, a game ball other than the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member may be able to enter. Further, the first variable winning means may be one in which the game ball that is rolled from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state does not necessarily enter the game ball. In the four states, the game ball that has rolled from one end to the other end of the first shutter member may not enter the game ball.

Further, the first variable winning means may be one in which a game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member can enter only in the fourth state, or In a state other than the four states, a game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member may be able to enter.

Further, the second variable winning means, when the state from the fifth state to the sixth state, the game ball that rolls on the second shutter member can be dropped only by dropping. Alternatively, when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state, the game ball that rolls on the second shutter member may be able to enter the ball other than dropping. In addition, the second variable winning means, even when the game ball that rolls on the second shutter member falls without fail when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state, It is also possible that the game ball rolling on the second shutter member may not fall in the ball when it goes from the fifth state to the sixth state.

In addition, the second variable winning means can enter the ball by dropping the game ball rolling on the second shutter member only when changing from the fifth state to the sixth state. Alternatively, other than when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state, a game ball that rolls on the second shutter member may be dropped to enter the ball.

In addition, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and the game ball that has not entered the second variable winning means is the first variable winning. You may be guided only to the means, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and did not enter the second variable winning means The game ball may be guided in addition to the first variable winning means. In addition, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and the game ball that has not entered the second variable winning means is the first variable winning. You may be guided to the means by all means, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and did not enter the second variable winning means The game ball may not be guided to the first variable winning means.

Further, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and only the game balls which have not entered the second variable winning means are the first variable. You may be guided to the winning means, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and did not enter the second variable winning means Game balls other than the game balls may also be guided to the first variable winning means. Further, the second variable winning means is arranged only upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and the game ball which has not entered the second variable winning means is the first variable. It may be guided to the winning means, or the second variable winning means is arranged at a position other than the upstream side in the downflow direction of the game sphere than the first variable winning means, and the second variable winning means enters the ball. The missing game ball may be guided to the first variable winning means.

Further, only the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and the game ball that has not entered the second variable winning means is the first variable winning means. You may be guided to the winning means, or the winning means other than the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball and enters the second variable winning means. The game ball that has not been played may be guided to the first variable winning means.

Further, the deceleration means may reduce only the flow velocity of the game ball rolling on at least the second shutter member, or other than the flow velocity of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member. May also reduce the speed of. Also, it may be one that reduces the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling on at least the second shutter member without fail, or at least does not decrease the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member. There may be

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above explanation,
"Game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of the plurality of game states [for example, main controller 300 or the like],
A production means capable of executing a plurality of productions [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
A gaming table equipped with
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability general figure high probability state), etc.]
One of the plurality of game states is a third game state [for example, a small hit rush] (special figure high probability general figure low probability state), etc.,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of effects is a first effect [for example, a mission effect in which the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n) is set to 0 to defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect that determines a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29(o)], and the first effect is It is an effect that may be started in the second gaming state,
The first effect is an effect by a mission,
The second effect is an effect that is started when the mission is achieved,
When the second effect is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the big hit game [for example, FIG. 29(o) to FIG. ), when the production that determines the victory pose by the lord's character HDS is performed, it shifts to a small hit rush, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table characterized by the game control means.

In addition, according to this game table, it may be possible to focus on the movement of the mission even if the big hit does not occur.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shifts to one of the plurality of gaming states. The control other than the control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing other than the effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the first effect may be started only in the second gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. Good. Further, the first effect may be always started in the second gaming state, or may not be started in the second gaming state.

Further, the second effect may be started only when the mission is completed, or may be started when the mission is not completed. Further, the second effect may be one that is always started when the mission is completed, or may be one that is not started when the mission is completed.

Further, when the second effect is started, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state without executing the big hit game, and the second effect is started. There may be a case where the second gaming state is transferred to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without the big hit game being executed. Further, when the second effect is started, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state without the big hit game being executed, or when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the big hit game is not executed and the game state is not shifted to the third game state.

In addition, when the second effect is started, there may be a case where only the second game state is shifted to the third game state without executing the big hit game, and the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state other than the second game state shifts to the third game state without executing the big hit game. Further, only when the second effect is started, there may be a case where the second game state is shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, and the second effect is started. Even in cases other than the case described above, there may be cases where the second gaming state transitions to the third gaming state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, "When the second game state is started, the first effect is started, and the second effect may be started in association with the end of the second game state [eg, As shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(o), when the player enters the battle mode, the production of the mission is started, and when the electric support is removed, the mission is achieved and the production of determining the victory pose by the lord's character HDS. Is started],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to draw attention to the entire period of the second gaming state by the effect produced by the mission.

Here, the first effect may be started when the second game state is started, and only the second effect may be started in association with the end of the second game state. There may be a case where the first effect is started when the second game state starts and the effect other than the second effect is started in association with the end of the second game state. In addition, the first effect is started when the second game state starts, and the second effect may be always started in association with the end of the second game state. There may be a case where the first effect is started when it is started and the second effect is not started in association with the end of the second game state.

In addition, the first effect may be started when the second game state starts, and the second effect may be started only in association with the end of the second game state. There may be a case where the first effect is started when the game state of is started and the second effect is started in association with the end of the second game state. Further, the first effect may be started when the second game state is started, and the second effect may be started in association with the end of only the second game state. There may be a case where the first effect is started when the game state of is started and the second effect is started in association with the end of the game state other than the second game state.

Further, when the second game state starts, only the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started in association with the end of the second game state. There may be a case where the effect other than the first effect is started when the game state of is started and the second effect is started in association with the end of the second game state. In addition, the first effect is always started when the second game state is started, and the second effect may be started in association with the end of the second game state. There may be a case where the first effect is not started when the game state of is started and the second effect is started in association with the end of the second game state.

In addition, the first effect may be started when only the second game state is started, and the second effect may be started in association with the end of the second game state. There may be a case where the first effect is started when a game state other than the game state is started and the second effect is started in association with the end of the second game state.

In addition, “a symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display [eg, first special symbol display device 212, second special symbol display device 214, etc.] is provided,
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are more likely to be paid out by a small hit game than the second gaming state [for example, in a small hit rush, prize balls are more easily paid out than in a battle mode. "Special drawing g" makes it easy to get a small hit, etc.],
The game control means, after shifting to the second game state, a plurality of types of fit times [for example, the number of electric support of special figure 1 (10 times, 15 times, 20 times, 25 times, 30 times, 35 times , 40 times, 45 times, 50 times), etc.],
The number of fits is the number of executions of the symbol variation display that is a deviation necessary to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without starting a big hit game,
In the case where the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state is started (hereinafter, referred to as "fifth case"). Transition from the second game state to the third game state [for example, when the electric support frequency of special figure 1 is selected 50 times, when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is executed 50 times, the battle mode is changed to small. Hit rush, etc.],
In the fifth case, the mission is achieved and the second effect is started [for example, as shown in FIG. 29(b) to FIG. When it is executed, the production is started in which the lord's character HDS decides the winning pose, assuming that the mission has been accomplished.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to pay attention to the trend of the production of the mission while expecting that the number of fits will be small.

Here, the symbol display means may be capable of executing only the variable display of symbols, or may be capable of executing a display other than the variable display of symbols. Further, the symbol display means may always execute the symbol variable display, or may not execute the symbol variable display.

Further, the third gaming state may be one in which only the prize balls are more likely to be paid out by the small hit game than the second gaming state, or other than the prize balls by the small hit game than in the second gaming state. Those that are easy to be paid out may also be used. In addition, the third gaming state may be one in which the prize balls are more likely to be paid out by the small hitting game than the second gaming state, or the prize ball is more likely to be paid out by the small hitting game than the second gaming state. It may not be easily paid out.

Further, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of fit number out of a plurality of types of fit number after shifting to the second game state, or to the second game state. It is also possible to select a number of times other than one type of fit-out times out of a plurality of types of fit-out times after the shift. In addition, the game control means may be one that always selects one type of fit number out of a plurality of types of fit numbers after shifting to the second game state, or shifts to the second game state. After that, there may be a case where one of the plurality of types of fit times is not selected.

Further, after the second game state is started, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed, only the second game state shifts to the third game state. May be, but when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed after the second play state is started, other than the third play state from the second play state You may shift to the game state of. In addition, after the second game state is started, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed, the second game state is always transferred to the third game state. May be, if the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed after the second play state has started, from the second play state to the third play state There may be cases where the transition does not occur.

Further, only when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state is started, the second game state is shifted to the third game state. You may also, from the second game state to the third from the second game state also in the case other than when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state is started. The game state may be entered. Also, only when the second game state has started, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed, the second game state is shifted to the third game state. May be, or even after the second game state has started, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits of the plurality of types of fits is executed, from the second gaming state to the third gaming state You may move to.

Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and only the second effect may be started, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and effects other than the second effect may be started. Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may be started without fail, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may not be started.

The mission may be achieved and the second effect may be started only in the fifth case, or the mission may be achieved and the second effect may be started in a case other than the fifth case.

In addition, “prefetching advance notice means capable of executing a plurality of types of prefetching notice [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like] is provided,
One of the plurality of types of pre-reading notices is a first pre-reading notice [for example, continuous notices in which effects of continuous attacks shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h) are performed].
The first look-ahead notice is a continuous notice in which an effect is executed in a direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h). In addition, each time the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 is performed, continuous notice production by consecutive attacks that damage the swordsman character KNG, etc.],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays has a different result from a big hit. For example, as shown in FIG. 30(c) to FIG. 30(h), continuous notice production may be performed when all of the pending symbol variation displays of special figure 1 are small hits, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

A conventional game table that gives a pre-reading notice was expected to be a big hit, but according to this game table, a pre-reading notice is given, for example, the game state changes to a big hit that changes the game state. There is a case where it is possible to give a sense of expectation for changing from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without giving the fear of doing so, and to give a sense of expectation different from the conventional one.

Here, the pre-reading notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may be capable of executing a notice other than the plurality of types of pre-reading notices. Further, the prefetching advance notice means may execute a plurality of types of prefetching advance notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of prefetching advance notices.

Further, the first pre-reading notice may be a continuous notice in which only the performance is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous announcement in which something other than the effect is executed in the direction. Further, the first pre-reading notice may be a continuous notice in which the effect is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice in which the effect may not be executed in the direction.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when all of the plurality of the pending symbol variation displays have a different result from the jackpot. Or, in the second gaming state, it may be started in any case other than the case where any of the plurality of symbol fluctuation displays that are held is a result different from the big hit. .. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays has a different result from the jackpot. In the second game state, there may be a case where none of the plurality of symbol fluctuation displays that are suspended are started when the result is different from the big hit.

Also, the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state, when any of the plurality of symbol fluctuation displays that are held is a result different from the big hit. Also, even in a game state other than the second game state, even if there is a case where any of the plurality of the pending symbol variation display is a result different from the jackpot, Good.

In addition, “one of the plurality of types of pre-reading notices is the second pre-reading notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIG. 31(g) to FIG. Hold notice shown in FIG. (n)],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice,
When the second prefetching notice is started in the second game state, after that, the game state shifts to the third game state in any one of the first game process and the second game process,
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state and shifts to the third game state after the big hit game is finished [for example, in the battle mode, In the case of a big hit in the probability variation super big hit of "Special figure B", it shifts to a small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit, etc.],
The second game process is a game process in which the second game state shifts to the third game state in the fifth case [for example, a special mode 1 after shifting to a battle mode]. When the symbol variation display is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric power supply is removed, the battle mode is switched to the small hit rush, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it is possible to give a sense of expectation for the transition to the third gaming state by giving the second look-ahead notice, and also to expect the possibility of a big hit. There are cases.

Here, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, only one of the first game process and the second game process thereafter shifts to the third game state. Alternatively, when the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, in any one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, other than the third gaming state. You may transfer to a game state. Also, when the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, the game state is always shifted to the third gaming state in either one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Even if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the game state does not shift to the third game state in either one of the first game process and the second game process after that. There may be cases.

Also, when the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, the game state shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. When the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game is also performed in a gaming process other than one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process after that. You may shift to a state. Also, when the second prefetching notice is started only in the second gaming state, after that, the game state shifts to the third gaming state in either one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. If the second prefetching notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game is executed in either one of the first game process and the second game process after that. You may shift to a state.

In addition, “prefetching advance notice means capable of executing a plurality of types of prefetching notice [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like] is provided,
One of the plurality of types of pre-reading notices is a second pre-reading notice [for example, the hold notices shown in FIGS. 31(g) to (n) and FIGS. 32(f) to 32(n). ), etc.]
When the second prefetching notice is started in the second game state, after that, the game state shifts to the third game state in any one of the first game process and the second game process,
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state and shifts to the third game state after the big hit game is finished [for example, in the battle mode, In the case of a big hit in the probability variation super big hit of "Special figure B", it shifts to a small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit, etc.],
The second game process is a game process in which the big hit game is not started in the second game state and the second game state is shifted to the third game state [for example, a battle. After shifting to the mode, if the symbol fluctuation display of Toku-zu 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode is shifted to the small hit rush, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it is possible to give a sense of expectation for the transition to the third gaming state by giving the second look-ahead notice, and also to expect the possibility of a big hit. There are cases.

Here, the pre-reading notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may be capable of executing a notice other than the plurality of types of pre-reading notices. Further, the prefetching advance notice means may execute a plurality of types of prefetching advance notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of prefetching advance notices.

Also, when the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, only one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process shifts to the third gaming state. If the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, after that, in any one of the first game process and the second game process, a game other than the third game state You may shift to the state. Also, when the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, the game state is always shifted to the third gaming state in either one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Even if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the game state does not shift to the third game state in either one of the first game process and the second game process after that. There may be cases.

Also, when the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, the game state shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. When the second prefetching notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game is also performed in a gaming process other than one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process after that. You may shift to a state. Also, when the second prefetching notice is started only in the second gaming state, after that, the game state shifts to the third gaming state in either one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. If the second prefetching notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game is executed in either one of the first game process and the second game process after that. You may shift to a state.

Further, “One of the plurality of effects is a third effect [for example, an effect in which the lord's character HDS shown in FIG. 28(l) is defeated]
The third effect is an effect informing that the mission has failed,
When the third effect is started, it becomes a certain big hit [for example, a normal big hit of "special drawing A", a 5R certainty variation big hit of "special drawing E" to "special drawing Q", etc.],
After the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot is finished, the game state is shifted to a game state different from the third game state,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the third effect may notify only that the mission has failed, or may notify that something other than the mission has failed. Further, the third effect may be one that always notifies that the mission has failed, or one that may not notify that the mission has failed.

Further, when the third effect is started, only a certain big hit may be generated, and when the third effect is started, a big hit other than the certain big hit may be performed. In addition, when the third effect is started, it may be a certain big hit, and when the third effect is started, it may not be a certain big hit.

Further, a certain big hit may be made when only the third effect is started, or a certain big hit may be made even when an effect other than the third effect is started.

In addition, after the big hit game which relates to a certain big hit it is possible to move only to the game state which differs from the aforementioned 3rd game state, after the big hit game which relates to a certain big hit ends the aforementioned third You may transfer to the game state other than the game state different from the game state. In addition, after the big hit game which relates to a certain big hit ends, it is possible to move to the game state which is different from the aforementioned 3rd game state without fail, and after the big hit game which relates to a certain big hit ends the above-mentioned third There may be a case where the game state does not shift to a game state different from the game state.

In addition, “one of the plurality of game states is a first game state [for example, a normal game state (special figure low probability normal low probability), etc.],
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
When the big hit game is started in the first game state, after the big hit game is over, the second game state is entered and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "first case [ For example, as shown in FIG. 28, when the 5R certainty variation jackpot is reached in the normal gaming state, the battle mode is entered after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is finished, and the production of the mission is started, etc.]" .)
When the big hit game is started in the second game state, after the big hit game is over, the second game state is entered and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "the third case [ For example, as shown in FIG. 29, when it becomes a 5R probability variation big hit in the battle mode, after the big hit game related to the big hit ends, the battle mode is re-entered and the production of the mission is started, etc.]" .)
The mission is easier to be achieved in the third case than in the first case [for example, as shown in FIG. 20, 5R in the battle mode is more prone than in the normal game state when the 5R probability variation jackpot is achieved. In the case of a probability variation big hit, the average power support frequency is smaller, so it is easier to miss the power support and the mission is easier to achieve, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, there may be a case where after the end of the big hit game, the second game state is entered and only the first effect is started. When the big hit game is started in one game state, it may be possible to shift to the second game state after the big hit game is finished and start an effect other than the first effect. In addition, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the first effect may be started without fail by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, or in the first game state. When the big hit game is started, there may be a case where after the big hit game ends, the second game state is entered and the first effect is not started.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, there may be a case where after the big hit game is finished, only the second game state is entered and the first effect is started. When the big hit game is started in the game state of, there may be a case where after the big hit game ends, the game state shifts to a game state other than the second game state and the first effect is started. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state only after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in the game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state other than after the big hit game is finished.

Further, only when the big hit game is started in the first game state, there may be a case where the big effect game is started and the first effect is started by shifting to the second game state. In cases other than the case where the big hit game is started in one game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game. Further, when the big hit game is started only in the first game state, there may be a case where after the big hit game is completed, the second game state is entered and the first effect is started. When the big hit game is started in a game state other than the game state of No., it may be possible to shift to the second game state and start the first effect after the end of the big hit game.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case where after the big hit game ends, the second game state is entered and only the first effect is started. When the big hit game is started in the game state of, there may be a case where after the big hit game ends, the second game state is entered and an effect other than the first effect is started. Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the first effect may be started without fail by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, or in the second game state. When the big hit game is started, there may be a case where after the big hit game ends, the second game state is entered and the first effect is not started.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case where after the big hit game is finished, only the second game state is entered and the first effect is started. When the big hit game is started in the game state of, there may be a case where after the big hit game ends, the game state shifts to a game state other than the second game state and the first effect is started. In addition, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case where the first effect is started by shifting to the second game state only after the big hit game is finished. When the big hit game is started in the game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state other than after the big hit game is finished.

Further, only when the big hit game is started in the second game state, there may be a case where after the big hit game is finished, the first game is started by shifting to the second game state. Even in the case other than the case where the big hit game is started in the second game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game. Further, when the big hit game is started only in the second game state, there may be a case where after the big hit game is finished, the state is shifted to the second game state and the first effect is started. When the big hit game is started in a game state other than the game state of No., the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game.

Also, only the mission may be easier to achieve in the third case than the first case, and the non-mission may be easier to achieve in the third case than the first case. .. The mission may be easier to accomplish in the third case than in the first case, and the mission may not be easier to accomplish in the third case than in the first case. May be.

Also, the mission may be easier to achieve in the third case than in the first case, and the mission may be easier to achieve in the cases other than the third case than in the first case. Good.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

FIG. 45 is a front view of an enclosed pachinko machine to which the present invention can be applied.

In the enclosed pachinko machine 900 shown in FIG. 45, a predetermined number of game media (for example, game balls) are circulated inside the game table. That is, the game medium shot from the launching means 901 to the game area 902 is discharged from the game area 902 and can be supplied to the launching means 901 again. Further, display means 903 for displaying information on the number of game media (prize balls, ball rental, total number of balls held, etc.) and other information is arranged below the game area 902 on the front of the game table. The upper plate 126 and the lower plate 128 shown in 1 are not provided.

In addition, you may employ|adopt the aspect which the above-mentioned display means 903 was further provided in the upper plate 126 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, and is the aspect in which this display means 903 was further provided with the touch panel. May be. That is, the touch panel provided on the display unit 903 can function as the operation unit. Then, the effect related to the operation of the effect button 136 may be executed by one touch operation, continuous hitting operation, or long-pressing operation on the touch panel, or when the long-press automatic continuous hitting function is enabled, It may be configured such that the pseudo continuous tapping operation is performed on the touch panel in a state where the touch panel is continuously touched. Further, the long press automatic continuous hitting function may not be set to an effective state. Further, in some of the effects, the long press automatic continuous hitting function may be enabled. In other words, in the touch panel, the long-press automatic continuous hitting function may be activated, may not be activated, or may be configured to have many effects to be activated, or may be configured to have few effects. .. In addition, when there are a plurality of effects by the continuous tapping operation on the touch panel, and when the touch panel is used, the long press automatic continuous tapping function may not be in an effective state in many cases, or may be configured in a small number. ..

As described above, the pachinko machine 900 shown in FIG. 45 encloses spheres and circulates the enclosed spheres in the pachinko machine for use. May be performed by credit.

Next, with reference to FIG. 46, a slot machine (revolving cylinder gaming machine) as a gaming table applicable to the present invention will be described. Here, FIG. 46 is an external perspective view of the slot machine 1000 applicable to the present invention as seen from the front side (player side).

The slot machine 1000 shown in FIG. 46 includes a main body 1001 and a front door 1002 attached to the front of the main body 1001 and capable of opening and closing with respect to the main body 1001. Inside the center of the main body 1001 (not shown in FIG. 40), three reels (left reel 1010, middle reel 1011, right reel 1012) having a plurality of types of symbols arranged on the outer peripheral surface are housed, and the reels of the slot machine 1000 are stored. It is configured to rotate inside. These reels 1010 to 1012 are rotationally driven by driving means such as a stepping motor.

In this embodiment, each pattern is printed on the belt-shaped member at an equal number of intervals, and the reels 1010 to 1012 are formed by attaching the belt-shaped member to a predetermined circular tubular frame material. The symbols on the reels 1010 to 1012 are displayed in the vertical direction from the symbol display window 1013 by the player, so that a total of 9 symbols can be seen. Then, by rotating each reel 1010 to 1012, the combination of symbols seen by the player is changed. That is, each reel 1010 to 1012 functions as a display unit that variably displays a combination of a plurality of types of symbols. As such a display means, an electronic image display device such as a liquid crystal display device can be adopted in addition to the reel. Further, in the present embodiment, three reels are provided inside the center of the slot machine 1000, but the number of reels and the installation position of the reels are not limited to this.

A reel backlight (not shown) for illuminating each symbol displayed in the symbol display window 1013 is arranged on the back surface of each reel 1010 to 1012. It is desirable that the reel backlight be shielded for each symbol so that the individual symbols can be uniformly illuminated. An optical sensor (not shown) including a light projecting unit and a light receiving unit is provided near each of the reels 1010 to 1012 inside the slot machine 1000. The light projecting unit and the light receiving unit of the optical sensor are provided. A light-shielding piece of a certain length provided on the reel passes between the two. The position in the rotation direction of the symbol on the reel is determined based on the detection result of this sensor, and the reels 1010 to 1012 are stopped so that the target symbol is displayed on the pay line.

The pay line display lamp 1020 is a lamp that indicates the pay line 1014 that is activated. The activated pay line is determined in advance by the number of medals bet as the game medium. There are five pay lines 1014. For example, when one bet on a medal is bet, the horizontal pay line on the middle row is valid, and when two bets are placed on a medal, an upper horizontal pay line and a lower horizontal pay line are added. When three coins are activated and three medals are bet, the five lines to which the rightward winning line and the rightward winning line are added are effective as winning lines. The number of pay lines 1014 is not limited to five lines. For example, when one bet is placed on a bet, the middle horizontal pay line, the upper horizontal pay line, the lower horizontal pay line, and the right line. Five lines of the downward winning line and the rightward winning line may be valid as the winning line. Hereinafter, the winning line that becomes effective may be referred to as an effective line.

The notification lamp 1023 is, for example, a lamp that informs the player that a specific winning combination (specifically, a bonus) has been internally won in an internal lottery described below, or that a bonus game is in progress. The game medal insertable lamp 1024 is a lamp for notifying that the player can insert a game medal. The re-play lamp 1022 informs the player that the current game is re-playable (there is no need to insert medals) when a re-play, which is one of the winning combinations in the previous game, is won. It is a lamp. The reel panel lamp 1028 is a production lamp.

The medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032 are buttons for inserting a predetermined number of medals (called credits) electronically stored in the slot machine 1000. In this embodiment, each time the medal insertion button 1030 is pressed, one coin is inserted up to a maximum of three coins. When the medal insertion button 1031 is pressed, two coins are inserted, and when the medal insertion button 1032 is pressed, three coins are inserted. It is designed to be thrown in. Hereinafter, the medal insertion button 1032 is also referred to as a MAX medal insertion button. The game medal insertion lamp 1029 lights up a number of lamps corresponding to the number of inserted medals, and when a prescribed number of medals have been inserted, a game start notification indicating that a game start operation is possible is started. The lamp 1021 is turned on.

The medal insertion slot 1041 is an insertion slot for the player to insert medals at the start of the game. That is, medals can be inserted electronically by using the medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032, and an actual medal can be inserted (insertion operation) from the medal insertion slot 1041. Is. The stored number display 1025 is a display for displaying the number of medals electronically stored in the slot machine 1000. The game information display device 126 is a display device for displaying various kinds of internal information (for example, the number of paid-out medals during bonus game) in numerical values. The payout number display unit 1027 is a display unit for displaying the number of medals to be paid out to the player as a result of winning some winning combination. In the present embodiment, the stored number display 1025, the game information display 1026, and the payout number display 1027 are composed of 7-segment (SEG) displays.

The start lever 1035 is a lever type switch for starting the rotation of the reels 1010 to 1012. That is, when the desired number of medals is inserted into the medal insertion slot 1041 or the medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032 are operated and the start lever 1035 is operated, the reels 1010 to 1012 start to rotate. The operation on the start lever 1035 is called a game start operation.

The stop button unit 1036 is provided with stop buttons 1037 to 1039 as an example of operating means. The stop buttons 1037 to 1039 are button-type switches for individually stopping the reels 1010 to 1012 that have started to rotate by operating the start lever 1035, and are associated with the reels 1010 to 1012. Hereinafter, the operation on the stop buttons 1037 to 1039 is referred to as a stop operation, the first stop operation is referred to as a first stop operation, the next stop operation is referred to as a second stop operation, and the last stop operation is referred to as a third stop operation. Further, the reel that is the target of the first stop operation is called the first stop reel, the reel that is the target of the second stop operation is the second stop reel, and the reel that is the target of the third stop operation is the third stop reel. It should be noted that a light-emitting body may be provided inside each of the stop buttons 1037 to 1039, and when the stop buttons 1037 to 1039 can be operated, the light-emitting body can be turned on to notify the player.

The medal return button 1033 is a button for pressing the medal when the inserted medal is jammed to remove the medal. The settlement button 1034 is a button for settlement of medals electronically stored in the slot machine 1000 and bets that have been bet, and discharging from the medal payout outlet 1055. The door key hole 1040 is a hole into which a key for unlocking the front door 1002 of the slot machine 1000 is inserted. The medal payout port 1055 is a payout port for paying out medals.

On the right side of the medal insertion button 1032, a chance button 1100 is provided as an example of an operating means. The chance button 1100 may be operated in relation to the operation of the reels 1010 to 1012, or may be operated in relation to the display on the liquid crystal display device 1057. Further, the chance button 1100 can be in a plurality of states like the pachinko machine 100 according to the above-described embodiment, and the state may be changeable during the operation valid period of the chance button 1100.

The information display button unit 1050 is provided with an information display button 1046. The information display button 1046 is, for example, an operation button for calling a user menu (for example, a menu for setting player's individual game history information), and is composed of a plurality of buttons. In the present embodiment, the information display button 1046 corresponds to the operating means.

Below the stop button unit 1036, a title panel 1062 for displaying a model name and affixing various certificates is provided, and a title panel lamp 1064 is a lamp for lighting the title panel 1062. A medal payout port 1055 and a medal tray 1061 are provided below the title panel 1062.

The sound hole 1081 is a hole for outputting the sound of the speaker provided inside the slot machine 1000 to the outside. The side lamps 1044 provided on the left and right parts of the front door 1002 are decorative lamps for enlivening the game. A rendering device 1060 is provided above the front door 1002, and a sound hole 1043 is provided above the rendering device 1060. The rendering device 1060 includes a shutter (shielding device) 1063 that includes two right shutters 1063a and a left shutter 1063b that can be opened and closed in the horizontal direction, and a liquid crystal display device 1057 (not shown in the figure) disposed behind the shutter 1063. , A production image display device), and when the right shutter 1063a and the left shutter 1063b open outward in the horizontal direction in front of the liquid crystal display device 1057, the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1057 (not shown) is displayed on the front surface of the slot machine 1000 (game). It is a structure that appears on the person side).

It should be noted that the liquid crystal display device need not be a liquid crystal display device as long as it can display various effect images and various game information. For example, a multi-segment display (7-segment display), a dot matrix display, an organic EL display, a plasma display. It may be a reel (drum) or a display device including a projector and a screen. In addition, the display screen has a rectangular shape, and the whole of the display screen is visible to the player. In the present embodiment, the display screen is rectangular, but may be square. Further, a decoration (not shown) may be provided on the periphery of the display screen, and a part of the periphery of the display screen may be hidden by the decoration, so that the display screen may look odd. In this embodiment, the display screen is a flat surface, but it may be a curved surface.

The gaming table according to the present invention, as shown in FIG. 47(a), "inserts a bill into the bill insertion slot 2002, executes a lottery based on a bet 2004 and a start 2006 operation, and displays a lottery result on a lottery result display device 2008." However, at the time of winning, the bonus coin number is added to the remaining credit number, and when the cash-out 2009 is selected, the receipt issuing machine 2010 issues a receipt in which a code corresponding to the remaining credit number is issued” 2000 May be

Further, as shown in FIG. 2B, a mobile phone 3000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data that realizes the present invention, and electronic data that realizes the present invention as shown in FIG. May be applied to a portable game machine 4000 having a storage unit for storing the above, and a home video game machine 5000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for implementing the present invention.

More specifically, the mobile phone 3000 in FIG. 1B has an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data about a game through a mobile phone line, and data about the acquired game (book). A storage unit that stores electronic data for implementing the invention) and a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

The portable game machine 4000 shown in FIG. 7C includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires game-related data from a predetermined storage medium (DVD or the like), and acquired game-related data (the present invention). And a control unit for controlling the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit. The household video game machine 5000 in FIG. 6D has an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data about the game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD, etc.), and data about the acquired game ( A storage unit that stores electronic data that realizes the present invention, and a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 7E, the present invention may be applied to a data server 6000 that stores electronic data that realizes the present invention. In some cases, electronic data for implementing the present invention may be downloaded from the data server 6000 to the home video game console 5000 shown in FIG.

Further, the present invention can be applied to execute a game even in a game program in which the operation of an actual machine such as a pachinko machine is simulated for a home game machine. In that case, as a recording medium for recording the game program, a DVD-ROM, a CD-ROM, an FD (flexible disk), or any other recording medium can be used.

Furthermore, although the present invention has been described by taking a pachinko machine and a slot machine as an example of a game table, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be applied to an arrangement ball game machine, a ball game machine, a smart ball, or the like.

Further, the actions and effects described in the embodiments of the present invention only list the most suitable actions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the actions and effects according to the present invention are described in the embodiments of the present invention. It is not limited to what has been done. In addition, even if the constituent requirements are included only in the description of each of the embodiments, examples, modified examples, various examples, and supplementary notes described above, the constituent requirements of other embodiments, examples, and It may be applied to modified examples, various examples, additional notes, and the like. That is, as long as there are no factors that hinder the application, constituent elements included only in the description of the embodiment, the example, the modified example, the various examples, the supplementary notes, etc. Even if it is applied to examples, various examples, and supplementary notes, it is established as one cohesive technical idea.

100 Pachinko machine 208 Decorative pattern display device 212 1st special figure display device 214 2nd special figure display device 231 1st special figure starting port (variable)
232 Second special drawing starting opening 234 First variable winning opening 2341 Shutter member 235 Second variable winning opening 2351 Shutter member 23r1 Rear first rib 23r2 Rear lateral rib 23r3 Rear second rib 23r4 Winning prevention rib 23f1 Front first Rib 23f2 Front lateral rib 23f3 Front second rib 23f6 to 23f8 Ball guide rib 300 Main control unit 304 CPU
306 ROM
308 RAM

Claims (9)

Game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of the plurality of game states,
The first starting winning means,
The second starting winning means,
A first symbol display means capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball has entered the first starting winning means,
A second symbol display means capable of executing a second symbol variation display when there is a game ball entering the second start winning means,
A gaming table equipped with
In some cases, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed,
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state,
One of the plurality of game states is a third game state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state different from the second gaming state,
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can be changed to a first state and a second state,
The second state is a state in which a game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a power support state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a non-electric power support state,
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state,
In the second gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the third gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display,
In the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol is displayed,
As a result of the second symbol variation display, a small hit symbol may be displayed,
The small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting pattern in the second symbol changing display is more prized than the small hitting game executed by displaying the small hitting symbol in the first symbol changing display. The balls are easy to be paid out,
During the execution of the second symbol variation display, when a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. Misaligned symbols are displayed on the symbol display means,
When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the second gaming state, shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state,
The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioned to the third game state is the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Shorter than
By displaying a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variable display is discarded and a deviation symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means.
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to claim 1,
After the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, if both the first symbol variable display and the second symbol variable display are suspended, The second symbol variation display is started prior to the first symbol variation display,
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to claim 1 or 2,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is determined regardless of the number of holdings of the first symbol variation display,
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
One of the plurality of types of gaming states is a first gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
In the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display is discarded by being displayed,
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
In the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display is discarded by displaying a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol on the second symbol display means.
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
The first variable winning means,
The second variable winning means,
Equipped with
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means that can be changed to a third state and a fourth state,
The fourth state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first variable winning means than the third state,
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means that can be changed to a fifth state and a sixth state,
The sixth state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second variable winning means than the fifth state,
When a small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, a small hit game (hereinafter referred to as "first small hit game") in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state is started. Was
When a small hit symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, a small hit game (hereinafter referred to as "second small hit game") in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state is started. Will be
A game table characterized by that. The gaming machine according to claim 6,
In the first small hitting game, the second variable winning means is in the sixth state in the second small hitting game, compared to the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state. The total time is longer,
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to claim 6 or 7,
Equipped with deceleration means to reduce the flow speed of the game ball,
In the second gaming state, when hitting right is more likely to be a big hit than when hitting left,
In the third gaming state, the right hitting is more likely to be a big hit than the left hitting,
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means having a first shutter member capable of moving forward and backward,
The third state is a state in which the first shutter member is retracted rearward,
The fourth state is a state in which the first shutter member protrudes forward,
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means having a second shutter member capable of moving forward and backward.
The fifth state is a state in which the second shutter member is projected forward,
The sixth state is a state in which the second shutter member is retracted rearward,
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of entering a game ball rolling from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state,
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of entering by dropping a game ball rolling on the second shutter member when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state. And
The second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downflow direction of the game ball, and the game ball that has not entered the second variable winning means is the first variable winning means. Guided by the variable winning method,
The deceleration means is a means for reducing the flow-down speed of at least the game ball rolling on the second shutter member,
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to any one of claims 1 to 8,
The gaming table is a pachinko machine,
A game table characterized by that.